WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
8-K, 1996-06-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: FIFTH THIRD BANK AUTO TRUSTS, 8-K, 1996-06-17
Next: SIPEX CORP, S-8, 1996-06-17




==============================================================================

                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C.  20549



                                FORM 8-K


                         Current Report Pursuant
                      to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                     Securities Exchange Act of 1934


      Date of Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported) May 9, 1996  
                                                       -----------


                WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK              
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



                           United States                           
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)


         333-998                                34-1610866                  
- --------------------------           ------------------------------------------
  (Commission File Number)           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


4590 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio                       43213        
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                   (Zip Code)


                             (614) 755-5000                            
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)


                              Not Applicable                             
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (Forme Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)



===============================================================================
                                                                    
Item 5.    Other Events.

      The Registrant is filing final forms of the exhibits listed in Item 
7(c) below.

Item 7.    Financial Statements and Exhibits.

      (c)  Exhibits.


Exhibit                                                                 
  No.      Document Description                                         
- -------    --------------------

1.1        Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A, between World 
           Financial Network National Bank ("WFN") and CS First Boston 
           Corporation, as Representative of the Several Underwriters, 
           dated as of April 25, 1996.

           Class B Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A, between WFN and 
           CS First Boston Corporation, as Representative of the Several 
           Underwriters, dated as of April 25, 1996.

           Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-B, between WFN and 
           CS First Boston Corporation, as Representative of the Several 
           Underwriters, dated as of April 25, 1996.

           Class B Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-B, between WFN and 
           CS First Boston Corporation, as Representative of the Several 
           Underwriters, dated as of April 25, 1996.

4.2        Series 1996-A Supplement between WFN and the Trustee, dated as 
           of May 9, 1996.

           Series 1996-B Supplement between WFN and the Trustee, dated as 
           of May 9, 1996.

8.1        Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt with respect to tax matters 
           dated May 9, 1996.

<PAGE>
                               SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by 
the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


                            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
                            (Registrant)




Dated:  May 15, 1996        By:/s/  Dan T. Groomes                    
- --------------------           ---------------------------------------
                            Name:  Dan T. Groomes
                            Title: Vice President - Finance, 
                                   Assistant Secretary and Cashier 

<PAGE>

                            INDEX TO EXHIBITS



Exhibit                                                        Sequential
  No.           Document Description                           Page No.  
- -------         --------------------                           ----------

1.1           Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A, 
              between World Financial Network National Bank 
              ("WFN") and CS First Boston Corporation, as 
              Representative of the Several Underwriters, dated 
              as of April 25, 1996.

              Class B Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A, 
              between WFN and CS First Boston Corporation, as 
              Representative of the Several Underwriters, dated 
              as of April 25, 1996.

              Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-B, 
              between WFN and CS First Boston Corporation, as 
              Representative of the Several Underwriters, dated 
              as of April 25, 1996.

              Class B Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-B, 
              between WFN and CS First Boston Corporation, as 
              Representative of the Several Underwriters, dated 
              as of April 25, 1996.

4.2           Series 1996-A Supplement between WFN and the 
              Trustee, dated as of May 9, 1996.

              Series 1996-B Supplement between WFN and the 
              Trustee, dated as of May 9, 1996.

8.1           Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt with respect to 
              tax matters dated May 9, 1996.





                              $445,500,000
            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                       6.70% CLASS A ASSET BACKED 
                       CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-A



              CLASS A UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT, SERIES 1996-A
              ---------------------------------------------

                                                          April 25, 1996

CS First Boston Corporation, 
  as Representative of the
  Several Underwriters

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Section 1.   Introductory. World Financial Network National Bank, a 
national banking association ("Transferor"), has conveyed and proposes to 
convey the Receivables arising from certain consumer revolving credit card 
accounts and other rights to the World Financial Network Card Master Trust 
(the "Trust"), and proposes to cause the Trust to sell to the Underwriters 
named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom you are acting as 
representative (the "Representative"), $445,500,000 aggregate initial 
principal amount of 6.70% Class A Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-A 
(the "Class A Certificates"), in the Trust. It is understood that 
Transferor is currently entering into a Class B Underwriting Agreement 
dated the date hereof (the "Class B Underwriting Agreement") among 
Transferor and the Underwriters named on Schedule I thereto (the "Class B 
Underwriters") providing for the sale of $46,750,000  aggregate initial 
principal amount of 7.00% Class B Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-A 
(the "Class B Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and the Class B 
Certificates are referred to herein collectively as the "Certificates".  
This Agreement and the Class B Underwriting Agreement are referred to 
herein collectively as the "Underwriting Agreements". 

      The Receivables were conveyed by Transferor to the Trust pursuant to 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 17, 1996 (the 
"P&S") between Transferor, as Transferor and Servicer, and The Bank of New 
York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Certificates will be issued 
pursuant to the P&S and the Series 1996-A Supplement to the P&S, dated as 
of May 9, 1996 (the "Supplement"), between the same parties. The P&S and 
the Supplement are referred to herein collectively as the "Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement".  In addition, Transferor, Servicer, Trustee and a 
financial institution identified therein (the "Collateral Interest Holder") 
will enter into a Loan Agreement dated as of May 9, 1996 (the "Loan 
Agreement") pursuant to which the Collateral Interest Holder will acquire 
$57,750,000 aggregate initial principal amount of the Collateral Interest 
(the "Collateral Interest"), which will act as Enhancement for the 
Certificates.  Additional Enhancement for the Certificates will be provided 
in the form of the Cash Collateral Account, as described in the Supplement.

      Capitalized terms used herein (including in the Introductory hereto) 
that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Section 2.   Representations and Warranties of Transferor. 
(a)  Transferor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter 
as set forth in this Section 2. Certain terms used in this Section 2 are 
defined in paragraph (i) below.

           (i)  Transferor meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under 
      the Securities Act and has filed with the Securities and Exchange 
      Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement (Registration 
      No. 333-998) and a related preliminary prospectus, on such Form for 
      the registration under the Securities Act, of the Certificates. 
      Transferor may have filed one or more amendments thereto and the 
      related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been 
      furnished to the Representative.  Transferor will file with the 
      Commission (A) prior to the effectiveness of such registration 
      statement, a further amendment thereto (including the form of final 
      base prospectus and the form of final prospectus supplement relating 
      to the Class A Certificates) or (B) after effectiveness of such 
      registration statement, a final base prospectus and final prospectus 
      supplement in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) under 
      the Securities Act or (C) a final base prospectus and a final 
      prospectus supplement relating to the Class A Certificates in 
      accordance with Rules 415 and 424(b)(2) or (5) under the Securities 
      Act. In the case of clause (B), Transferor has included in such 
      registration statement, as amended at the Effective Date, all 
      information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 
      Securities Act and the rules thereunder to be included in the 
      Prospectus with respect to the Class A Certificates and the offering 
      thereof. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus 
      supplement, or such final base prospectus or final prospectus 
      supplement, shall include all Rule 430A Information, together with 
      all other such required information, with respect to the Class A 
      Certificates and the offering thereof and, except to the extent the 
      Underwriters shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in 
      all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representative 
      prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the 
      Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional 
      information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest 
      preliminary prospectus which has previously been furnished to the 
      Representative) as Transferor has advised the Representative, prior 
      to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein. If the 
      Registration Statement contains the undertakings specified by item 
      512(a) of Regulation S-K, the Registration Statement, at the 
      Execution Time, meets the requirements set forth in Rule 
      415(a)(1)(x).

           The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, have the 
      meanings indicated. The term "Effective Date" means each date that 
      the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or 
      amendments thereto became or become effective. "Execution Time" means 
      the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by 
      the parties hereto. "Preliminary Prospectus" means any preliminary 
      prospectus referred to in the preceding paragraph and any preliminary 
      prospectus included in the Registration Statement which, at the 
      Effective Date, omits Rule 430A Information. "Base Prospectus" means 
      the prospectus referred to above contained in the Registration 
      Statement at the Effective Date.  "Prospectus" means the prospectus 
      supplement relating to the Class A Certificates that is first filed 
      with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time, 
      together with the Base Prospectus (as such Base Prospectus may have 
      been amended and together with any supplements thereto) or, if no 
      filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required, means the prospectus 
      supplement relating to the Class A Certificates, including the Base 
      Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective 
      Date.  "Registration Statement" means the registration statement 
      referred to in the preceding paragraph and any registration statement 
      required to be filed under the Securities Act or rules thereunder, 
      including incorporated documents, exhibits and financial statements, 
      in the form in which it has or shall become effective and, in the 
      event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to 
      the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so 
      amended. Such term shall include Rule 430A Information deemed to be 
      included therein at the Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A. 
      "Rule 424", "Rule 430A", "Rule 415" and "Regulation S-K" refer to 
      such rules or regulations under the Securities Act. "Rule 430A 
      Information" means information with respect to the Class A 
      Certificates and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from 
      the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 
      430A. Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, the Base 
      Prospectus or Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the 
      documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of 
      Form S-3 which were filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
      as amended (the "Exchange Act"), on or before the Effective Date of 
      the Registration Statement or the issue date of the Base Prospectus 
      or Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference herein to the 
      terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the 
      Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus or Prospectus shall be 
      deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the 
      Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, 
      or the issue date of the Base Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case 
      may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

           (ii)  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or 
      will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements 
      of the Securities Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date 
      and when the Prospectus is first filed (if required) in accordance 
      with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus (as amended 
      and together with any supplements thereto) did or will comply in all 
      material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities 
      Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date, the Registration 
      Statement did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a 
      material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be 
      stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein 
      not misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not 
      filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on the date 
      of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the 
      Prospectus (as amended and together with any supplements thereto) 
      will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
      state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements 
      therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
      not misleading; provided, however, that Transferor makes no 
      representations or warranties as to the information contained in or 
      omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any 
      supplements thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with 
      information furnished in writing to Transferor by any Underwriter 
      specifically for use in connection with the preparation of the 
      Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplements 
      thereto).

           (iii)  Transferor is a national banking association duly 
      organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of 
      the United States, and has all requisite power, authority and legal 
      right to own its properties and conduct its business as described in 
      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and to execute, deliver 
      and perform the Underwriting Agreements, the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement and the Loan Agreement (collectively the "Specified 
      Agreements"), to authorize the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and to consummate the transactions contemplated 
      hereby.

           (iv)  Transferor is duly qualified to do business and is in good 
      standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required 
      in order to conduct its business, and has obtained all necessary 
      licenses and approvals with respect to Transferor required under 
      Federal and Ohio law.

           (v)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the consummation of the transactions 
      contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized 
      by all necessary action or proceedings.

           (vi)  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by 
      Transferor.

           (vii)  Transferor has authorized the conveyance of the 
      Receivables to the Trust, and Transferor has authorized the Trust to 
      issue and sell the Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

           (viii)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and 
      thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the 
      terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or 
      lapse of time or both) a default under, or (other than the Lien of 
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) result in the creation or 
      imposition of any Lien under any material indenture, contract, 
      agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which 
      Transferor is a party or by which it or any of its properties are 
      bound.

           (ix)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and 
      thereof, will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law 
      applicable to Transferor.

           (x)  There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to 
      the best knowledge of Transferor, threatened against Transferor 
      before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, arbitrator 
      or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (A) asserting the 
      invalidity of any Specified Agreement or the Certificates or the 
      Collateral Interest, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the 
      Certificates or the Collateral Interest or the consummation of any of 
      the transactions contemplated by the Specified Agreements, (C) 
      seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment 
      of Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the performance 
      by Transferor of its obligations under any Specified Agreement, (D) 
      seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and 
      adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any Specified 
      Agreements or the Certificates or the Collateral Interest, or (E) 
      seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust, 
      as described in the Prospectus under the heading "U.S. Federal Income 
      Tax Considerations"; and there are no contracts or documents of 
      Transferor that are required to be filed as exhibits to the 
      Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the rules and 
      regulations of the Commissioner promulgated under the Securities Act 
      (the "Rules and Regulations") that have not been so filed.

           (xi)  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders and other 
      actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official 
      required in connection with the execution and delivery of the 
      Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the performance of the transactions 
      contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms 
      hereof and thereof, have been obtained.

           (xii)  Transferor has delivered to the Representative complete 
      and correct copies of publicly available portions of the Consolidated 
      Reports of Condition and Income of Transferor for the years ended 
      December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, as submitted to the Comptroller of 
      the Currency.  Except as otherwise set forth therein, during the 
      period from the most recent date covered by the aforementioned 
      reports to the date hereof, (x) there has been no material adverse 
      change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Transferor and 
      (y) there have been no transactions entered into by Transferor, other 
      than those in the ordinary course of business or that are disclosed 
      in the Prospectus, that are material with respect to Transferor. 

           (xiii)  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges in 
      connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the 
      Specified  Agreements and the Certificates and the Collateral 
      Interest shall have been paid by Transferor or will be paid by 
      Transferor at or prior to the Closing Date to the extent then due.

           (xiv)  The Certificates and the Collateral Interest have been 
      duly and validly authorized. The Certificates, when validly 
      authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the Pooling 
      and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as provided 
      herein and to the Class B Underwriters pursuant to the Class B 
      Underwriting Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and 
      outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement, and, together with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
      the Loan Agreement and the Collateral Interest will conform in all 
      material respects to the descriptions thereof and the statements in 
      relation thereto contained in the Prospectus.

           (xv)  Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery 
      thereof by the other parties thereto, the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement and the Loan Agreement constitute and the Certificates and 
      the Collateral Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the 
      Certificates, validly authenticated and delivered in accordance with 
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as 
      provided herein and to the Class B Underwriters pursuant to the Class 
      B Underwriting Agreement will constitute, the legal, valid and 
      binding agreement of Transferor enforceable in accordance with its 
      respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited 
      by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other 
      similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and 
      by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such 
      enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

           (xvi)  On the Closing Date and after giving effect to this 
      Agreement, the Underwriters and the Class B Underwriters will have 
      good and marketable title to the Certificates, free and clear of all 
      Liens when validly authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance 
      with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters 
      as provided herein and to the Class B Underwriters pursuant to the 
      Class B Underwriting Agreement.

           (xvii)  At the time of each transfer of Receivables by 
      Transferor to the Trust, Transferor has had and will have good and 
      marketable title to all Receivables and the other property being 
      transferred by it to the Trust on each such day, free and clear of 
      Liens (other than the Lien of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), 
      and will not have sold to any Person (other than the Trustee) any of 
      its right, title or interest in any of such Receivables or such other 
      property.

           (xviii)  Neither Transferor nor the Trust is an "investment 
      company" or "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are 
      defined in the Investment Company Act.

           (xix)  As of the Closing Date each of the representations and 
      warranties of Transferor deemed made pursuant to the Pooling and 
      Servicing Agreement will be true and correct, and, as of each other 
      date on which Transferor is deemed, pursuant to the terms of the 
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to make any of the representations 
      and warranties set forth therein, and in Officer's Certificates of 
      Transferor delivered on each such date pursuant to the Pooling and 
      Servicing Agreement, will be true and correct and the Underwriters 
      may rely on such representations and warranties as if they were set 
      forth herein in full. 

      (b)  Any Officer's Certificate signed by any officer of Transferor 
and delivered to the Representative or its counsel shall be deemed a 
representation and warranty of Transferor to the Underwriters as to the 
matters covered thereby.

      Section 3.  Purchase and Sale. On the basis of the representations, 
warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and 
conditions herein set forth, Transferor agrees to cause the Trust to sell 
to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not 
jointly, except as set forth in Section 9 below, to purchase the respective 
initial principal amount of Class A Certificates set forth opposite such 
Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto, at a purchase price of 99.4875% of 
the aggregate principal amount thereof. 

      The Class A Certificates will initially be represented by one or more 
certificates representing $445,500,000 aggregate initial principal amount, 
each of which will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of 
The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") (such certificates, the "DTC 
Certificates"). The interests of beneficial owners of the DTC Certificates 
will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and participating 
members thereof. Definitive certificates evidencing the Class A 
Certificates will be available only under the limited circumstances 
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Delivery of the DTC Certificates shall be made to the accounts of the 
several Underwriters at the office of DTC, 55 Water Street, 49th Floor, New 
York, New York 10004, against payment by the several Underwriters of the 
purchase price therefor to or upon the order of Transferor in immediately 
available funds at the office of Mayer, Brown & Platt, New York, New York 
at 9:00 a.m., New York time, on May 9, 1996, or at such other time not 
later than seven full business days thereafter as Transferor and the 
Underwriters determine, such time being herein referred to as the "Closing 
Date".  The certificates evidencing the DTC Certificates will be made 
available for checking at the offices of Mayer, Brown & Platt in Chicago, 
Illinois or such other location specified by Transferor at least 24 hours 
prior to the Closing Date.

      Section 4.  Offering by the Underwriters. (a) It is understood that 
the Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Certificates for sale to the 
public as set forth in the Prospectus.

      (b)  Each Underwriter agrees that if it is a foreign broker dealer 
not eligible for membership in the National Association of Securities 
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), it will not effect any transaction in the Class 
A Certificates within the United States or induce or attempt to induce the 
purchase of or sale of the Class A Certificates within the United States, 
except that it shall be permitted to make sales to other Underwriters or to 
its United States affiliates; provided that such sales are made in 
compliance with an exemption of certain foreign brokers or dealers under 
Rule 15a-6 under the Exchange Act and in conformity with the Rules of Fair 
Practice of the NASD as such Rules apply to non-NASD brokers or dealers.

      (c)  Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) it has not 
offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of the period of six months from 
the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any Class A Certificates to 
Persons in the United Kingdom except to Persons whose ordinary activities 
involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments 
(as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise 
in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the 
United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities 
Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable 
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 of the United Kingdom with 
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Class A Certificates in, 
from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; (iii) it has only issued or 
passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document 
received by it in connection with the issue of the Class A Certificates to 
a Person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial 
Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 of 
the United Kingdom or is a Person to whom the document may otherwise 
lawfully be issued or passed on.

      Section 5.  Certain Agreements of Transferor. Transferor covenants 
and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

      (a)  Transferor will use its best efforts to cause the Registration 
Statement, and any amendment thereto, if not effective at the Execution 
Time, to become effective. If the Registration Statement has become or 
becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is 
otherwise required under Rule 424(b), Transferor will file the Prospectus, 
properly completed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the time period 
prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of 
such timely filing. Transferor will promptly advise the Underwriters (i) 
when the Registration Statement, and any amendment thereto, shall have 
become effective, (ii) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, 
shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), (iii) of 
any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the 
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, 
(iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threat of 
any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by Transferor of any 
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the 
Class A Certificates for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or 
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. Transferor will not file 
any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus 
unless a copy has been furnished to the Representative for its review prior 
to such filing. Transferor will use its best efforts to prevent the 
issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as 
possible the lifting thereof.

      (b)  If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Class A 
Certificates is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any 
event occurs as a result of which such Prospectus as then amended or 
supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in 
light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if 
it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement such Prospectus to 
comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the Rules and 
Regulations thereunder, Transferor promptly will prepare and file with the 
Commission an amendment or supplement that will effect such compliance. 
Neither the consent of any Underwriter to, nor the delivery by any 
Underwriter of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver 
of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof.

      (c)  As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date 
(as defined below), Transferor will cause the Trustee to make generally 
available to the Holders of the Class A Certificates and to the 
Representative an earnings statement with respect to the Trust covering a 
period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date that will 
satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 
under the Securities Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, 
"Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal 
quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date, 
except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of 
Transferor's fiscal year, "Availability Date" means the 90th day after the 
end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

      (d)  Transferor will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the 
Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (in 
each case at least two of which will be signed and will include all 
exhibits), each related Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all 
amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as 
available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may reasonably 
request.  Transferor will furnish or cause to be furnished to the 
Representative copies of all reports on Form SR required by Rule 463 under 
the Securities Act.

      (e)  Transferor will arrange for the qualification of the Class A 
Certificates for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United 
States as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and will continue such 
qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the 
Class A Certificates, provided that Transferor shall not be obligated to 
qualify to do business nor become subject to service of process generally, 
but only to the extent required for such qualification, in any jurisdiction 
in which it is not currently so qualified, and will arrange for the 
determination of the legality of the Class A Certificates for purchase by 
institutional investors.

      (f)  So long as any of the Class A Certificates are outstanding, 
Transferor will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Underwriters (i) 
copies of each report mailed to the Trustee or the Series 1996-A Holders, 
as soon as such report is mailed to the Trustee or such Holders, (ii) the 
annual statement as to compliance and the annual statement of a firm of 
independent public accountants furnished to the Trustee pursuant to 
Sections 3.5 and 3.6 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as soon as 
such statements are furnished to the Trustee, (iii) copies of all documents 
required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or 
any order of the Commission thereunder, and (iv) such other information 
concerning Transferor, the Certificates or the Trust as the Underwriters 
may reasonably request from time to time.

      (g)  Transferor will pay all expenses incident to the performance of 
its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, (i) 
expenses of preparing, printing, reproducing and distributing the 
Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, the preliminary 
prospectuses, the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements 
thereto), the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the 
Class A Certificates, (ii) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and 
its counsel, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public 
accountants of Transferor and fees and disbursements of counsel to 
Transferor and the Underwriters, (iv) the fees charged by Moody's Investors 
Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of 
The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's") and Fitch Investors 
Service, L.P. ("Fitch", and together with Moody's and Standard & Poor's, 
the "Rating Agencies") in connection with the rating of the Class A 
Certificates, (v) the fees of DTC in connection with the book-entry 
registration of the DTC Certificate, (vi) the fees and expenses of Mayer, 
Brown & Platt as counsel to the Transferor and in its role as special 
Federal tax counsel and (vii) expenses incurred in distributing preliminary 
prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements 
thereto) to the Underwriters, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any 
expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred 
by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof in connection with the 
qualification of the Class A Certificates for sale and determination of 
their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in 
the United States as the Underwriters may designate. 

      (h)  Transferor has caused and will continue to cause its books and 
records (including any computer records) to be marked relating to the 
Receivables transferred to the Trust, to show the transfer to the Trust of 
such Receivables, and Transferor shall not take any action inconsistent 
with the transfer to the Trust of such Receivables, other than as permitted 
by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      (i)  For a period of 30 days from the date hereof, none of Transferor 
or any of its affiliates or any trust formed by it or any of its affiliates 
will, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, directly or 
indirectly, offer, sell or contract to sell or announce the offering of, in 
a public or private transaction, any other collateralized securities 
similar to the Class A Certificates (other than the Class B Certificates 
and the Class A Certificates, Series 1996-B and Class B Certificates, 
Series 1996-B) representing interests in consumer credit card receivables.

      (j)  So long as any Class A Certificates are outstanding, Transferor 
will cause to be delivered to the Underwriters a reliance letter relating 
to each Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee or any Rating Agency by 
counsel to Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement at 
the time such opinion is delivered.

      (k)  To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with respect to 
the Class A Certificates by any Rating Agency is conditional upon the 
furnishing of documents or the taking of any other actions by Transferor, 
Transferor shall furnish such documents and take any such other actions as 
may be required.

      Section 6.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The 
obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Class A 
Certificates will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and 
warranties on the part of Transferor herein as of the Execution Time and 
the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the officers of 
Transferor made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by 
Transferor of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional 
conditions precedent:

      (a)  (i) On the date of this Agreement, the Underwriters and 
Transferor shall have received a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof 
(which, if the Effective Time is prior to the execution and delivery of 
this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if 
the Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this 
Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective 
amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior to the 
Effective Time), of Coopers & Lybrand confirming that they are independent 
public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules 
and Regulations, substantially in the form of the draft to which the 
Underwriters have previously agreed and otherwise in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and (ii) 
on the Closing Date, the Underwriters and Transferor shall have received a 
letter, dated as of the Closing Date, from Coopers & Lybrand updating the 
letter referred to in clause (i) above, in form and substance satisfactory 
to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters.

      (b)  If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to 
the Execution Time, unless the Underwriters agree in writing to a later 
time, the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 
10:00 p.m. New York time on the date of this Agreement; if filing of the 
Prospectus, or any supplements thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 
424(b), the Prospectus shall have been filed in the manner and within the 
time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no 
proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

      (c)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, 
there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development involving 
a prospective change, in or affecting particularly the business or 
properties of Transferor which, in the judgment of the Underwriters 
materially impairs the investment quality of the Class A Certificates; (ii) 
any suspension or limitation of trading in securities generally on the New 
York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such 
exchange, or any suspension of trading of any securities of Transferor on 
any exchange or in the over the counter market; (iii) any banking 
moratorium declared by Federal, New York or Delaware authorities; or (iv) 
any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in which the United States 
is involved, any declaration of war by Congress or any other substantial 
national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the 
Underwriters, the effect of any such outbreak, escalation, declaration, 
calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with 
completion of the sale of and payment for the Class A Certificates.

      (d)  The Representative shall have received:

      (1)  The favorable opinion or opinions of internal counsel of 
      Transferor and/or of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel to Transferor, 
      dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the 
      Representative and its counsel, and in the aggregate substantially to 
      the effect that:

                 (i)  Transferor has been duly organized as an association 
           licensed as a national banking association and is validly 
           existing and in good standing under the laws of the United 
           States, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing 
           under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such 
           qualification wherein it owns or leases material properties or 
           conducts material business, and has full power and authority to 
           own its properties, to conduct its business as described in the 
           Registration Statement and the Prospectus, to enter into and 
           perform its obligations under the Specified Agreements, to 
           execute the Certificates and to consummate the transactions 
           contemplated hereby and thereby;

                 (ii)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, this Agreement, 
           the Class B Underwriting Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the 
           Certificates have each been duly authorized, executed and 
           delivered by Transferor; the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and 
           the Loan Agreement constitute and the Certificates and the 
           Collateral Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the 
           Certificates validly authenticated and delivered in accordance 
           with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the 
           Underwriters as provided herein and to the Class B Underwriters 
           pursuant to the Class B Underwriting Agreement, will constitute, 
           the legal, valid and binding agreement of Transferor, 
           enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to 
           enforcement or remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, 
           reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting 
           creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to 
           the application of general principles of equity);

                 (iii)  the Certificates are in due and proper form and 
           when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement, when delivered against payment 
           of the consideration specified herein, will be duly and validly 
           issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Collateral Interest;

                 (iv)  neither the execution and delivery of the Specified 
           Agreements, nor the issuance or delivery of the Certificates, 
           nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated 
           herein or therein, nor the fulfillment of the terms of the 
           Certificates or the Specified Agreements, will conflict with or 
           violate, result in a material breach of or constitute a default 
           under (A) any Requirements of Law applicable to Transferor or 
           any statute or regulation currently applicable to the Trust, (B) 
           any term or provision of any order known to such counsel to be 
           currently applicable to Transferor or the Trust of any court, 
           regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body 
           having jurisdiction over Transferor or the Trust, as the case 
           may be, or (C) any term or provision of any indenture or other 
           agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which 
           Transferor or the Trust is a party or by which either of them or 
           any of their properties are bound;

                 (v)  except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus (and 
           any supplements thereto) or the Registration Statement, there is 
           no pending or, to the best knowledge of such counsel, threatened 
           action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental 
           agency, authority or body or any arbitrator with respect to the 
           Trust, the Certificates, the Specified Agreements or any of the 
           transactions contemplated herein or therein or with respect to 
           Transferor which, in the case of any such action, suit or 
           proceeding with respect to Transferor if adversely determined, 
           would have a material adverse effect on the Certificates or the 
           Trust or upon the ability of Transferor to perform its 
           obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the 
           Loan Agreement; and the statements included in the Registration 
           Statement, the Base Prospectus and the Prospectus describing 
           statutes, legal proceedings, contracts and other documents 
           relating to Transferor, the Accounts, the Receivables, the 
           business of Transferor and the Trust fairly summarize the 
           matters therein described;

                 (vi)  the Registration Statement has become effective 
           under the Securities Act, and, to the best of their knowledge 
           and information, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of 
           the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings 
           for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or 
           contemplated under the Securities Act, and the Registration 
           Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement 
           thereto, as of their respective effective or issue dates, 
           complied as to form in all material respects with the 
           requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and 
           Regulations. Such counsel has no reason to believe that at the 
           Effective Date the Registration Statement contained any untrue 
           statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material 
           fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
           statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus 
           includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to 
           state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, 
           in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
           misleading (other than financial and statistical information 
           contained therein as to which such counsel need express no 
           opinion);

                 (vii)  no approval, authorization, consent, order, 
           registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or 
           with any court or governmental agency or body is required for 
           the consummation by Transferor or the Trust of the transactions 
           contemplated in the Specified Agreements, except such as have 
           been obtained under the Securities Act and such as may be 
           required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction inside the 
           United States in connection with the purchase and distribution 
           of the Class A Certificates by the Underwriters and such filings 
           or other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been made 
           or obtained;

                 (viii)  if a court concludes that the assignment of the 
           Receivables, all documents and instruments relating thereto and 
           all proceeds thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and 
           Servicing Agreement is a sale, such assignment transferred to 
           the Trust all the right, title and interest of Transferor in and 
           to such Receivables and other property in existence on the date 
           hereof, free and clear of any Liens then existing or thereafter 
           created except as specifically permitted pursuant to the Pooling 
           and Servicing Agreement. With respect to Receivables which come 
           into existence after the date hereof, such sale will transfer to 
           the Trust all of the right, title and interest of Transferor in 
           and to such Receivables free and clear of any Liens. If a court 
           were to conclude that such assignment was not a sale, the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the transactions provided 
           for by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement would constitute a 
           grant by Transferor to the Trustee, for the benefit of the 
           Investor Holders, of a valid security interest in all of 
           Transferor's right, title and interest in all Receivables and 
           other property from time to time transferred by Transferor to 
           the Trust;

                 (ix)  the Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing 
           Agreement and the Loan Agreement each conform in all material 
           respects with the description thereof contained in the 
           Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

                 (x)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is not required 
           to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as 
           amended, and neither Transferor nor the Trust is required to be 
           registered under the Investment Company Act; and

                 (xi)  the statements in the Registration Statement under 
           the heading "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables", "U.S. 
           Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "ERISA Considerations" to 
           the extent that they constitute statements of matters of law or 
           legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been prepared or 
           received by such counsel and are correct in all material 
           respects.

      In rendering such opinion counsel may rely (A) as to matters 
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States 
of Ohio and New York and the United States, to the extent deemed proper and 
stated in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing 
believed by such counsel to be reliable and acceptable to the 
Representative and its counsel, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the 
extent deemed proper and as stated therein, on certificates of responsible 
officers of the Trust, Transferor and public officials. References to the 
Prospectus in this paragraph (d) include any supplements thereto.

           (2)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, special tax 
      counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date and to the effect that 
      (i) the Certificates will properly be treated as indebtedness for 
      federal income tax purposes and (ii) the Trust will not be classified 
      as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a 
      corporation for federal income tax purposes.

           (3)  The favorable opinion of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, 
      special Ohio counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date and 
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and its 
      counsel, and substantially to the effect that:

                 (i)  the Receivables constitute either "general 
           intangibles" or "accounts" in each case as defined in the 
           Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of Ohio;

                 (ii)  Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with 
           respect to the Investor Interest in the Receivables and the 
           proceeds thereof have been filed in the office of the Ohio 
           Secretary of State. No other filings or other actions, with 
           respect to the Trustee's interest in the Receivables transferred 
           and to be transferred by Transferor to the Trust, are necessary 
           to perfect the interest of the Trustee in the Receivables, and 
           the proceeds thereof, against third parties, except that 
           appropriate continuation statements must be filed at five-year 
           intervals;  

                 (iii)  in the event that a court were to conclude that the 
           assignment of the Receivables, all documents and instruments 
           relating thereto and all proceeds thereof to the Trustee 
           pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement was not a sale, 
           the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, together with the filing of 
           the financing statements referred to in paragraph (ii) above, 
           create a first priority perfected security interest in the 
           Receivables transferred and to be transferred by Transferor to 
           the Trustee, all documents and instruments relating thereto and 
           all proceeds thereof (in rendering such opinion counsel may take 
           such exceptions as are appropriate and reasonably acceptable 
           under the circumstances); and

                 (iv)  the Trust as an entity will not be subject to the 
           corporation franchise tax or to the dealers in intangibles tax 
           imposed on corporations, financial institutions or dealers in 
           intangibles by Ohio Revised Code Chapters 5733 or 5725, and for 
           purposes of the corporation franchise tax and the dealers in 
           intangibles tax imposed by Ohio Revised Code Chapters 5733 and 
           5725, respectively, the Certificates will be treated as 
           indebtedness.

           (4)  Any reliance letters relating to each opinion rendered to 
      the Trustee or any Rating Agency by internal counsel of Transferor 
      and Mayer, Brown & Platt and any other counsel to Transferor in 
      connection with the rating of the Certificates.

           (5)  The favorable opinion of counsel to the Trustee, dated the 
      Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the 
      Representative and its counsel to the effect that:

                 (i)  The Trustee has been duly incorporated and is validly 
           existing as a New York banking corporation in good standing 
           under the laws of the State of New York with full power and 
           authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and 
           conduct its business, as presently conducted by it, and to enter 
           into and perform its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing 
           Agreement and the Loan Agreement and to issue the Certificates 
           and the Collateral Interest.

                 (ii)  Each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 
           Loan Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered 
           by the Trustee, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding 
           obligation of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its 
           terms, except that (y) the enforceability thereof may be subject 
           to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other 
           similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' 
           rights and (z) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive 
           and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable 
           defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any 
           proceeding therefor may be brought.

                 (iii)  The Certificates have been duly executed, 
           authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

                 (iv)  Neither the execution and delivery by the Trustee of 
           the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Loan Agreement nor 
           the consummation of any of the transactions by the Trustee 
           contemplated thereby required the consent or approval of, the 
           giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any 
           other action with respect to, any governmental authority or 
           agency under any existing federal or state law governing the 
           banking or trust powers of the Trustee.

                 (v)  The execution and delivery of the Pooling and 
           Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement by the Trustee and 
           the performance by the Trustee of their respective terms do not 
           conflict with or result in a violation of (A) any law or 
           regulation of the United States of America or the State of New 
           York governing trust powers of the Trustee, (B) the Articles of 
           Association or By-Laws of the Trustee, or (C) to the best of 
           their knowledge, any indenture, lease, or other material 
           agreement to which the Trustee is a party or to which its assets 
           are subject.

           (6)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for 
      the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the 
      validity of the Class A Certificates and such other related matters 
      as the Underwriters shall request, and Transferor shall have 
      furnished or caused to be furnished to such counsel such documents as 
      they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass 
      upon such matters. In rendering such opinion, Mayer, Brown & Platt 
      may rely on the opinions of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, counsel to 
      Transferor, and the opinion of internal counsel of Transferor, as to 
      the matters dealt with in such opinions.

      (e)  The Representative shall have received a certificate dated the 
Closing Date of the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any 
Assistant Treasurer, of Transferor in which such officer shall state that 
the representations and warranties of Transferor in this Agreement are true 
and correct, and that Transferor has complied with all agreements and 
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder 
at or prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness 
of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that 
purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission, and 
subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements of 
Transferor delivered to the Representative hereunder, there has been no 
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, whether 
or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of 
Transferor except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration 
Statement and the Prospectus.

      (f)  The Class A Certificates shall be rated "Aaa" by Moody's and 
"AAA" by Standard & Poor's and "AAA" by Fitch, and the Class B Certificates 
shall be rated "A2" by Moody's and "A" by Standard & Poor's and "A" by 
Fitch.

      (g)  The Representative shall have received evidence satisfactory to 
it and its counsel that, on or before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing 
statements have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Ohio 
and County Clerk of Franklin County reflecting the interest of the Trust in 
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

      (h)  The Representative and Transferor shall have received from 
counsel for the Collateral Interest Holder reasonably acceptable to the 
Representative and Transferor, a favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date 
and satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative, its counsel, 
Transferor and its counsel to the effect that:

                 (1)  the Collateral Interest Holder is duly organized and 
           existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and 
           has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its 
           obligations under the Loan Agreement;

                 (2)  the Loan Agreement has been duly and validly 
           authorized, executed and delivered by the Collateral Interest 
           Holder and constitutes the legal, valid and legally binding 
           obligation of the Collateral Interest Holder enforceable against 
           the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with its terms, 
           except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable 
           bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, 
           readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the 
           enforcement of creditors' rights generally, as such laws may be 
           applied in the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency, 
           reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt 
           of, or the appointment of a receiver with respect to the 
           property of, or a similar event applicable to the Collateral 
           Interest Holder, and (B) the effect of any moratorium or other 
           similar occurrence affecting the Collateral Interest Holder; 

                 (3)  all consents, approvals, authorizations, licenses, 
           rulings or orders of or actions by any New York State or federal 
           governmental authority and all filings, recordings or 
           publications, if any, required on the part of the Collateral 
           Interest Holder in connection with the execution, delivery or 
           performance by the Collateral Interest Holder of the Loan 
           Agreement have been obtained or made and are in full force and 
           effect; and

                 (4)  such other customary matters as the Representative 
           shall request.

      (i)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is 
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not 
have been any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in 
or affecting the business or properties of the Trust or Transferor the 
effect of which, in any case referred to above, is, in the judgment of the 
Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or 
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Class A 
Certificates as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus (and any supplements thereto).

      (j)  Simultaneously with or prior to the Closing Date, $46,750,000 
aggregate initial principal amount of the Class B Certificates shall have 
been sold to the Class B Underwriters.

      Transferor will provide or cause to be provided to the Underwriters 
such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents 
as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

      Section 7.  Indemnification and Contribution. (a)  Transferor will 
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Person who controls 
any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act against any 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the 
Underwriters or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or 
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or 
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the 
Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement 
thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are 
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter and each Person 
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act for 
any actual legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Underwriter 
in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, 
liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that 
Transferor will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such 
loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission 
from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to Transferor by any Underwriter specifically for use 
therein.

      (b)  Each Underwriter, severally, agrees to indemnify and hold 
harmless Transferor against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to 
which Transferor may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, 
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in 
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or 
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration 
Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any 
related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the 
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such 
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged 
omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to Transferor by such Underwriter specifically for 
use therein, and will reimburse any actual legal or other expenses 
reasonably incurred by Transferor in connection with investigating or 
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such 
expenses are incurred.

      (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this 
Section of notice of the commencement of any action or the assertion by a 
third party of a claim, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect 
thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) 
or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; 
but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it 
from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party except and to 
the extent of any prejudice to such indemnifying party arising from such 
failure to provide such notice. In case any such action is brought against 
any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the 
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to 
participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any 
other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, 
with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall 
not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the 
indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such 
indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the 
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this 
Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such 
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than 
reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the 
prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of 
any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party 
is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought 
hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an 
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any 
claims that are the subject matter of such action.

      (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is 
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under 
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute 
to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) 
above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative 
benefits received by Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the 
other from the offering of the Class A Certificates or (ii) if the 
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, 
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative 
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of 
Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection 
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable 
considerations. The relative benefits received by Transferor on the one 
hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same 
proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Class A 
Certificates (before deducting expenses) received by Transferor bear to the 
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. 
The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by Transferor or the Underwriters and the parties' 
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to 
correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an 
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities 
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to 
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified 
party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim 
which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions 
of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any 
amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the Class A 
Certificates purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. No Person guilty of 
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was 
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

      (e)  The obligations of Transferor under this Section shall be in 
addition to any liability that Transferor may otherwise have and shall 
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each Person, if any, who 
controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the 
obligations of any Underwriter under this Section shall be in addition to 
any liability that such Underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, 
upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of Transferor, to each 
officer of Transferor who signed the Registration Statement and to each 
Person, if any, who controls Transferor within the meaning of the 
Securities Act.

      Section 8.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations. The 
respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other 
statements of Transferor or its officers and of the Underwriters set forth 
in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, 
regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof, 
made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, Transferor or any of their 
respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling 
Person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Class A 
Certificates. If for any reason the purchase of the Class A Certificates by 
the Underwriters is not consummated, Transferor shall remain responsible 
for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by Transferor pursuant to Section 
5(g) hereof and the respective obligations of Transferor and the 
Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall remain in effect. If the 
purchase of the Class A Certificates by the Underwriters is not consummated 
for any reason other than solely because of the occurrence of any event 
specified in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 6(c) hereof, Transferor 
will reimburse the Underwriters for all actual out-of-pocket expenses 
(including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them 
in connection with the offering of the Class A Certificates.

      Section 9.  Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more 
Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Class A 
Certificates agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters 
hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the 
performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining 
Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the 
respective proportions which the amount of Class A Certificates set forth 
opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of 
Class A Certificates set forth opposite the names of all the remaining 
Underwriters) the Class A Certificates which the defaulting Underwriter or 
Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the 
event that the aggregate amount of Class A Certificates which the 
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall 
exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Class A Certificates set 
forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right 
to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of 
the Class A Certificates, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not 
purchase all the Class A Certificates, this Agreement will terminate 
without liability to any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Trust or 
Transferor. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in 
this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not 
exceeding seven days, as the Underwriters shall determine in order that the 
required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any 
supplements thereto) or in any other documents or arrangements may be 
effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting 
Underwriter of its liability, if any, to Transferor and any nondefaulting 
Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

      Section 10.  Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing 
and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed 
and confirmed to them c/o CS First Boston Corporation, Attention: 
Investment Banking Department - Transactions Advisory Group; or if sent to 
Transferor will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 
World Financial Network National Bank, 4590 East Broad Street, Columbus, 
Ohio 43213, Attention: Dan Groomes (facsimile no. 614/755-3418).

      Section 11.  Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of 
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and 
the officers and directors and controlling Persons referred to in Section 7 
hereof, and no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

      Section 12.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any 
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to  be an original, 
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same 
Agreement.

      Section 13.  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without 
regard to any otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

      Section 14.  Miscellaneous. Neither this Agreement nor any term 
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by 
an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of 
the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. The headings in 
this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or 
otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

      Section 15.  Representative. The Representative will act for the 
several Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the transactions 
contemplated hereby and any action under this Agreement taken by the 
Representative will be binding upon all the Underwriters. 

      If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our 
agreement, kindly sign and return to us one of the counterparts duplicate 
hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between Transferor and 
the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                 Very truly yours,


                                 WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK 
                                 NATIONAL BANK


                                 By:________________________________         
                                      Name:       Dan Groomes
                                      Title:      Vice President and
                                             Chief Financial Officer



The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
  is hereby confirmed and accepted,
  as of the date first above written:

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION



By:____________________________________________
      Name:      
      Title:     

For itself and the other
  Underwriters named in Schedule I
  to the foregoing Underwriting
  Agreement. 



  
                               Schedule 1


                                                    Principal Amount of 
   Class A Underwriters                             Class A Certificates
   --------------------                             --------------------

CS First Boston Corporation..............................$89,100,000    

Chase Securities Inc.....................................$89,100,000    

Citicorp Securities, Inc.................................$89,100,000    

Goldman, Sachs & Co......................................$89,100,000    

J.P. Morgan & Co.........................................$89,100,000    

<PAGE>
                           $46,750,000
        WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                   7.00% CLASS B ASSET BACKED 
                   CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-A



          CLASS B UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT, SERIES 1996-A

                                                   April 25, 1996

CS First Boston Corporation, 
  as Representative of the
  Several Underwriters

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Section 1.   Introductory. World Financial Network National
Bank, a national banking association ("Transferor"), has conveyed
and proposes to convey the Receivables arising from certain
consumer revolving credit card accounts and other rights to the
World Financial Network Card Master Trust (the "Trust"), and
proposes to cause the Trust to sell to the Underwriters named in
Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom you are acting
as representative (the "Representative"), $46,750,000 aggregate
initial principal amount of 7.00% Class B Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-A (the "Class B Certificates"), in the
Trust. It is understood that Transferor is currently entering
into a Class A Underwriting Agreement dated the date hereof (the
"Class A Underwriting Agreement") among Transferor and the
Underwriters named on Schedule I thereto (the "Class A
Underwriters") providing for the sale of $445,500,000 aggregate
initial principal amount of 6.70% Class A Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1996-A (the "Class A Certificates"). The
Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates are referred to
herein collectively as the "Certificates".  This Agreement and
the Class A Underwriting Agreement are referred to herein
collectively as the "Underwriting Agreements". 

     The Receivables were conveyed by Transferor to the Trust
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
January 17, 1996 (the "P&S") between Transferor, as Transferor
and Servicer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the
"Trustee"), and the Certificates will be issued pursuant to the
P&S and the Series 1996-A Supplement to the P&S, dated as of May
9, 1996 (the "Supplement"), between the same parties. The P&S and
the Supplement are referred to herein collectively as the
"Pooling and Servicing Agreement".  In addition, Transferor,
Servicer, Trustee and the financial institution identified
therein (the "Collateral Interest Holder"), will enter into a
Loan Agreement dated as of May 9, 1996 (the "Loan Agreement")
pursuant to which the Collateral Interest Holder will acquire
$57,750,000 aggregate initial principal amount of the Collateral
Interest (the "Collateral Interest"), which will act as
Enhancement for the Certificates.  Additional Enhancement for the
Certificates will be provided in the form of the Cash Collateral
Account, as described in the Supplement.

     Capitalized terms used herein (including in the Introductory
hereto) that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     Section 2.   Representations and Warranties of Transferor.
(a)  Transferor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each
Underwriter as set forth in this Section 2. Certain terms used in
this Section 2 are defined in paragraph (i) below.

          (i)  Transferor meets the requirements for use of Form
     S-3 under the Securities Act and has filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a
     registration statement (Registration No. 333-998) and a
     related preliminary prospectus, on such Form for the
     registration under the Securities Act, of the Certificates.
     Transferor may have filed one or more amendments thereto and
     the related preliminary prospectus, each of which has
     previously been furnished to the Representative.  Transferor
     will file with the Commission (A) prior to the effectiveness
     of such registration statement, a further amendment thereto
     (including the form of final base prospectus and the form of
     final prospectus supplement relating to the Class B
     Certificates) or (B) after effectiveness of such
     registration statement, a final base prospectus and final
     prospectus supplement in accordance with Rules 430A and
     424(b)(1) or (4) under the Securities Act or (C) a final
     base prospectus and a final prospectus supplement relating
     to the Class B Certificates in accordance with Rules 415 and
     424(b)(2) or (5) under the Securities Act. In the case of
     clause (B), Transferor has included in such registration
     statement, as amended at the Effective Date, all information
     (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the
     Securities Act and the rules thereunder to be included in
     the Prospectus with respect to the Class B Certificates and
     the offering thereof. As filed, such amendment and form of
     final prospectus supplement, or such final base prospectus
     or final prospectus supplement, shall include all Rule 430A
     Information, together with all other such required
     information, with respect to the Class B Certificates and
     the offering thereof and, except to the extent the
     Underwriters shall agree in writing to a modification, shall
     be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to the
     Representative prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent
     not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such
     specific additional information and other changes (beyond
     that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus which
     has previously been furnished to the Representative) as
     Transferor has advised the Representative, prior to the
     Execution Time, will be included or made therein. If the
     Registration Statement contains the undertakings specified
     by item 512(a) of Regulation S-K, the Registration
     Statement, at the Execution Time, meets the requirements set
     forth in Rule 415(a)(1)(x).

          The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement,
     have the meanings indicated. The term "Effective Date" means
     each date that the Registration Statement and any post-
     effective amendment or amendments thereto became or become
     effective. "Execution Time" means the date and time that
     this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties
     hereto. "Preliminary Prospectus" means any preliminary
     prospectus referred to in the preceding paragraph and any
     preliminary prospectus included in the Registration
     Statement which, at the Effective Date, omits Rule 430A
     Information. "Base Prospectus" means the prospectus referred
     to above contained in the Registration Statement at the
     Effective Date.  "Prospectus" means the prospectus
     supplement relating to the Class B Certificates that is
     first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)
     after the Execution Time, together with the Base Prospectus
     (as such Base Prospectus may have been amended and together
     with any supplements thereto) or, if no filing pursuant to
     Rule 424(b) is required, means the prospectus supplement
     relating to the Class B Certificates, including the Base
     Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the
     Effective Date.  "Registration Statement" means the
     registration statement referred to in the preceding
     paragraph and any registration statement required to be
     filed under the Securities Act or rules thereunder,
     including incorporated documents, exhibits and financial
     statements, in the form in which it has or shall become
     effective and, in the event any post-effective amendment
     thereto becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall
     also mean such registration statement as so amended. Such
     term shall include Rule 430A Information deemed to be
     included therein at the Effective Date as provided by Rule
     430A. "Rule 424", "Rule 430A", "Rule 415" and "Regulation S-
     K" refer to such rules or regulations under the Securities
     Act. "Rule 430A Information" means information with respect
     to the Class B Certificates and the offering thereof
     permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when
     it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A. Any reference
     herein to the Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus or
     Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the
     documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item
     12 of Form S-3 which were filed under the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), on or
     before the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or
     the issue date of the Base Prospectus or Prospectus, as the
     case may be; and any reference herein to the terms "amend",
     "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the Registration
     Statement, the Base Prospectus or Prospectus shall be deemed
     to refer to and include the filing of any document under the
     Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration
     Statement, or the issue date of the Base Prospectus or
     Prospectus, as the case may be, deemed to be incorporated
     therein by reference.

          (ii)  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement
     did or will comply in all material respects with the
     applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules
     thereunder; on the Effective Date and when the Prospectus is
     first filed (if required) in accordance with Rule 424(b) and
     on the Closing Date, the Prospectus (as amended and together
     with any supplements thereto) did or will comply in all
     material respects with the applicable requirements of the
     Securities Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective
     Date, the Registration Statement did not or will not contain
     any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
     order to make the statements therein not misleading; and, on
     the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to
     Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on the date of any
     filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the
     Prospectus (as amended and together with any supplements
     thereto) will not, include any untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in
     order to make the statements therein, in light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
     provided, however, that Transferor makes no representations
     or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted
     from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any
     supplements thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with
     information furnished in writing to Transferor by any
     Underwriter specifically for use in connection with the
     preparation of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
     (or any supplements thereto).

          (iii)  Transferor is a national banking association
     duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
     the laws of the United States, and has all requisite power,
     authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct
     its business as described in the Registration Statement and
     the Prospectus and to execute, deliver and perform the
     Underwriting Agreements, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
     and the Loan Agreement (collectively the "Specified
     Agreements"), to authorize the issuance of the Certificates
     and the Collateral Interest and to consummate the
     transactions contemplated hereby.

          (iv)  Transferor is duly qualified to do business and
     is in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in
     any state required in order to conduct its business, and has
     obtained all necessary licenses and approvals with respect
     to Transferor required under Federal and Ohio law.

          (v)  The execution, delivery and performance by
     Transferor of the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the
     Certificates and the Collateral Interest and the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
     thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
     necessary action or proceedings.

          (vi)  This Agreement has been duly executed and
     delivered by Transferor.

          (vii)  Transferor has authorized the conveyance of the
     Receivables to the Trust, and Transferor has authorized the
     Trust to issue and sell the Certificates and the Collateral
     Interest.

          (viii)  The execution, delivery and performance by
     Transferor of the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the
     Certificates and the Collateral Interest and the fulfillment
     of the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of,
     or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or
     both) a default under, or (other than the Lien of the
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement) result in the creation or
     imposition of any Lien under any material indenture,
     contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
     instrument to which Transferor is a party or by which it or
     any of its properties are bound.

          (ix)  The execution, delivery and performance by
     Transferor of the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the
     Certificates and the Collateral Interest and the fulfillment
     of the terms hereof and thereof, will not conflict with or
     violate any Requirements of Law applicable to Transferor.

          (x)  There are no proceedings or investigations pending
     or, to the best knowledge of Transferor, threatened against
     Transferor before any court, regulatory body, administrative
     agency, arbitrator or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality (A) asserting the invalidity of any
     Specified Agreement or the Certificates or the Collateral
     Interest, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the
     Certificates or the Collateral Interest or the consummation
     of any of the transactions contemplated by the Specified
     Agreements, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that, in
     the reasonable judgment of Transferor, would materially and
     adversely affect the performance by Transferor of its
     obligations under any Specified Agreement, (D) seeking any
     determination or ruling that would materially and adversely
     affect the validity or enforceability of any Specified
     Agreements or the Certificates or the Collateral Interest,
     or (E) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes
     of the Trust, as described in the Prospectus under the
     heading "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations"; and there
     are no contracts or documents of Transferor that are
     required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
     Statement by the Securities Act or by the rules and
     regulations of the Commissioner promulgated under the
     Securities Act (the "Rules and Regulations") that have not
     been so filed.

          (xi)  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders
     and other actions of any Person or of any governmental body
     or official required in connection with the execution and
     delivery of the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the
     Certificates and the Collateral Interest and the performance
     of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the
     fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, have been
     obtained.

          (xii)  Transferor has delivered to the Representative
     complete and correct copies of publicly available portions
     of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income of
     Transferor for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
     1995, as submitted to the Comptroller of the Currency. 
     Except as otherwise set forth therein, during the period
     from the most recent date covered by the aforementioned
     reports to the date hereof, (x) there has been no material
     adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of
     Transferor and (y) there have been no transactions entered
     into by Transferor, other than those in the ordinary course
     of business or that are disclosed in the Prospectus, that
     are material with respect to Transferor. 

          (xiii)  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges
     in connection with the execution, delivery and performance
     of the Specified  Agreements and the Certificates and the
     Collateral Interest shall have been paid by Transferor or
     will be paid by Transferor at or prior to the Closing Date
     to the extent then due.

          (xiv)  The Certificates and the Collateral Interest
     have been duly and validly authorized. The Certificates,
     when validly authenticated, issued and delivered in
     accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold
     to the Underwriters as provided herein and to the Class A
     Underwriters pursuant to the Class A Underwriting Agreement,
     will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and entitled
     to the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and,
     together with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Loan
     Agreement and the Collateral Interest will conform in all
     material respects to the descriptions thereof and the
     statements in relation thereto contained in the Prospectus.

          (xv)  Assuming the due authorization, execution and
     delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, the Pooling
     and Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement constitute
     and the Certificates and the Collateral Interest, when
     validly issued and, in the case of the Certificates, validly
     authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Pooling
     and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as
     provided herein and to the Class A Underwriters pursuant to
     the Class A Underwriting Agreement will constitute, the
     legal, valid and binding agreement of Transferor enforceable
     in accordance with its respective terms, except as the
     enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
     insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws
     affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by
     general principles of equity (regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at
     law).

          (xvi)  On the Closing Date and after giving effect to
     this Agreement, the Underwriters and the Class A
     Underwriters will have good and marketable title to the
     Certificates, free and clear of all Liens when validly
     authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters
     as provided herein and to the Class A Underwriters pursuant
     to the Class A Underwriting Agreement.

          (xvii)  At the time of each transfer of Receivables by
     Transferor to the Trust, Transferor has had and will have
     good and marketable title to all Receivables and the other
     property being transferred by it to the Trust on each such
     day, free and clear of Liens (other than the Lien of the
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and will not have sold to
     any Person (other than the Trustee) any of its right, title
     or interest in any of such Receivables or such other
     property.

          (xviii)  Neither Transferor nor the Trust is an
     "investment company" or "controlled" by an "investment
     company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company
     Act.

          (xix)  As of the Closing Date each of the
     representations and warranties of Transferor deemed made
     pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be true
     and correct, and, as of each other date on which Transferor
     is deemed, pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement, to make any of the representations and
     warranties set forth therein, and in Officer's Certificates
     of Transferor delivered on each such date pursuant to the
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement, will be true and correct
     and the Underwriters may rely on such representations and
     warranties as if they were set forth herein in full. 

     (b)  Any Officer's Certificate signed by any officer of
Transferor and delivered to the Representative or its counsel
shall be deemed a representation and warranty of Transferor to
the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

     Section 3.  Purchase and Sale. On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but
subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, Transferor
agrees to cause the Trust to sell to each Underwriter, and each
Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, except as set
forth in Section 9 below, to purchase the respective initial
principal amount of Class B Certificates set forth opposite such
Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto, at a purchase price of
99.3750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof. 

     The Class B Certificates will initially be represented by
one or more certificates representing $46,750,000 aggregate
initial principal amount, each of which will be registered in the
name of Cede & Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") (such certificates, the "DTC Certificates"). The
interests of beneficial owners of the DTC Certificates will be
represented by book entries on the records of DTC and
participating members thereof. Definitive certificates evidencing
the Class B Certificates will be available only under the limited
circumstances specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     Delivery of the DTC Certificates shall be made to the
accounts of the several Underwriters at the office of DTC, 55
Water Street, 49th Floor, New York, New York 10004, against
payment by the several Underwriters of the purchase price
therefor to or upon the order of Transferor in immediately
available funds at the office of Mayer, Brown & Platt New York,
New York at 9:00 a.m., New York time, on May 9, 1996, or at such
other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as
Transferor and the Underwriters determine, such time being herein
referred to as the "Closing Date".  The certificates evidencing
the DTC Certificates will be made available for checking at the
offices of Mayer, Brown & Platt in Chicago, Illinois or such
other location specified by Transferor at least 24 hours prior to
the Closing Date.

     Section 4.  Offering by the Underwriters. (a) It is
understood that the Underwriters propose to offer the Class B
Certificates for sale to the public as set forth in the
Prospectus.

     (b)  Each Underwriter agrees that if it is a foreign broker
dealer not eligible for membership in the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), it will not effect any
transaction in the Class B Certificates within the United States
or induce or attempt to induce the purchase of or sale of the
Class B Certificates within the United States, except that it
shall be permitted to make sales to other Underwriters or to its
United States affiliates; provided that such sales are made in
compliance with an exemption of certain foreign brokers or
dealers under Rule 15a-6 under the Exchange Act and in conformity
with the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD as such Rules apply
to non-NASD brokers or dealers.

     (c)  Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) it has
not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of the period of six
months from the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any Class B
Certificates to Persons in the United Kingdom except to Persons
whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,
managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for
the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances
which do not constitute an offer to the public in the United
Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities
Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all
applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 of the
United Kingdom with respect to anything done by it in relation to
the Class B Certificates in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom; (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will
only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received
by it in connection with the issue of the Class B Certificates to
a Person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1995 of the United Kingdom or is a Person to
whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

     Section 5.  Certain Agreements of Transferor. Transferor
covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

     (a)  Transferor will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement, and any amendment thereto, if not
effective at the Execution Time, to become effective. If the
Registration Statement has become or becomes effective pursuant
to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required
under Rule 424(b), Transferor will file the Prospectus, properly
completed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the time period
prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the
Underwriters of such timely filing. Transferor will promptly
advise the Underwriters (i) when the Registration Statement, and
any amendment thereto, shall have become effective, (ii) when the
Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), (iii) of any request
by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional
information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
or the institution or threat of any proceeding for that purpose
and (v) of the receipt by Transferor of any notification with
respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Class B
Certificates for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. Transferor will
not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or
supplement to the Prospectus unless a copy has been furnished to
the Representative for its review prior to such filing.
Transferor will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of
any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible
the lifting thereof.

     (b)  If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Class
B Certificates is required to be delivered under the Securities
Act, any event occurs as a result of which such Prospectus as
then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances
under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be
necessary at any time to amend or supplement such Prospectus to
comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the Rules
and Regulations thereunder, Transferor promptly will prepare and
file with the Commission an amendment or supplement that will
effect such compliance. Neither the consent of any Underwriter
to, nor the delivery by any Underwriter of, any such amendment or
supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set
forth in Section 6 hereof.

     (c)  As soon as practicable, but not later than the
Availability Date (as defined below), Transferor will cause the
Trustee to make generally available to the Holders of the Class B
Certificates and to the Representative an earnings statement with
respect to the Trust covering a period of at least 12 months
beginning after the Effective Date that will satisfy the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158
under the Securities Act. For the purpose of the preceding
sentence, "Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end of
the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that
includes the Effective Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal
quarter is the last quarter of Transferor's fiscal year,
"Availability Date" means the 90th day after the end of such
fourth fiscal quarter.

     (d)  Transferor will furnish to the Underwriters copies of
the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment
thereto (in each case at least two of which will be signed and
will include all exhibits), each related Preliminary Prospectus,
the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such
documents, in each case as soon as available and in such
quantities as the Underwriters may reasonably request. 
Transferor will furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Representative copies of all reports on Form SR required by Rule
463 under the Securities Act.

     (e)  Transferor will arrange for the qualification of the
Class B Certificates for sale under the laws of such
jurisdictions in the United States as the Underwriters may
reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications in
effect so long as required for the distribution of the Class B
Certificates, provided that Transferor shall not be obligated to
qualify to do business nor become subject to service of process
generally, but only to the extent required for such
qualification, in any jurisdiction in which it is not currently
so qualified, and will arrange for the determination of the
legality of the Class B Certificates for purchase by
institutional investors.

     (f)  So long as any of the Class B Certificates are
outstanding, Transferor will deliver or cause to be delivered to
the Underwriters (i) copies of each report mailed to the Trustee
or the Series 1996-A Holders, as soon as such report is mailed to
the Trustee or such Holders, (ii) the annual statement as to
compliance and the annual statement of a firm of independent
public accountants furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Sections
3.5 and 3.6 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as soon as
such statements are furnished to the Trustee, (iii) copies of all
documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to
the Exchange Act or any order of the Commission thereunder, and
(iv) such other information concerning Transferor, the
Certificates or the Trust as the Underwriters may reasonably
request from time to time.

     (g)  Transferor will pay all expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including
without limitation, (i) expenses of preparing, printing,
reproducing and distributing the Registration Statement and each
amendment thereto, the preliminary prospectuses, the Prospectus
(including any amendments and supplements thereto), the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the Class B
Certificates, (ii) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and
its counsel, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the independent
public accountants of Transferor and fees and disbursements of
counsel to Transferor and the Underwriters, (iv) the fees charged
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's
Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
("Standard & Poor's") and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. ("Fitch",
and together with Moody's and Standard & Poor's, the "Rating
Agencies") in connection with the rating of the Class B
Certificates, (v) the fees of DTC in connection with the book-
entry registration of the DTC Certificate, (vi) the fees and
expenses of Mayer, Brown & Platt as counsel to the Transferor and
in its role as special Federal tax counsel and (vii) expenses
incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the
Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to
the Underwriters, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any
expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel)
incurred by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof in
connection with the qualification of the Class B Certificates for
sale and determination of their eligibility for investment under
the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the
Underwriters may designate. 

     (h)  Transferor has caused and will continue to cause its
books and records (including any computer records) to be marked
relating to the Receivables transferred to the Trust, to show the
transfer to the Trust of such Receivables, and Transferor shall
not take any action inconsistent with the transfer to the Trust
of such Receivables, other than as permitted by the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

     (i)  For a period of 30 days from the date hereof, none of
Transferor or any of its affiliates or any trust formed by it or
any of its affiliates will, without the prior written consent of
the Underwriters, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or contract
to sell or announce the offering of, in a public or private
transaction, any other collateralized securities similar to the
Class B Certificates (other than the Class A Certificates and the
Class A Certificates, Series 1996-B and Class B Certificates,
Series 1996-B) representing interests in consumer credit card
receivables.

     (j)  So long as any Class B Certificates are outstanding,
Transferor will cause to be delivered to the Underwriters a
reliance letter relating to each Opinion of Counsel delivered to
the Trustee or any Rating Agency by counsel to Transferor
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement at the time such
opinion is delivered.

     (k)  To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with
respect to the Class B Certificates by any Rating Agency is
conditional upon the furnishing of documents or the taking of any
other actions by Transferor, Transferor shall furnish such
documents and take any such other actions as may be required.

     Section 6.  Conditions of the Obligations of the
Underwriters. The obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and
pay for the Class B Certificates will be subject to the accuracy
of the representations and warranties on the part of Transferor
herein as of the Execution Time and the Closing Date, to the
accuracy of the statements of the officers of Transferor made
pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by
Transferor of its obligations hereunder and to the following
additional conditions precedent:

     (a)  (i) On the date of this Agreement, the Underwriters and
Transferor shall have received a letter, dated the date of
delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time is prior to the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be on or prior to
the date of this Agreement or, if the Effective Time is
subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall
be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective
amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior
to the Effective Time), of Coopers & Lybrand confirming that they
are independent public accountants within the meaning of the
Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations, substantially in
the form of the draft to which the Underwriters have previously
agreed and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the
Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and (ii) on the
Closing Date, the Underwriters and Transferor shall have received
a letter, dated as of the Closing Date, from Coopers & Lybrand
updating the letter referred to in clause (i) above, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriters and counsel for the
Underwriters.

     (b)  If the Registration Statement has not become effective
prior to the Execution Time, unless the Underwriters agree in
writing to a later time, the Registration Statement shall have
become effective not later than 10:00 p.m. New York time on the
date of this Agreement; if filing of the Prospectus, or any
supplements thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 424(b), the
Prospectus shall have been filed in the manner and within the
time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been
issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been
instituted or threatened.

     (c)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any
development involving a prospective change, in or affecting
particularly the business or properties of Transferor which, in
the judgment of the Underwriters materially impairs the
investment quality of the Class B Certificates; (ii) any
suspension or limitation of trading in securities generally on
the New York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for
trading on such exchange, or any suspension of trading of any
securities of Transferor on any exchange or in the over the
counter market; (iii) any banking moratorium declared by Federal,
New York or Delaware authorities; or (iv) any outbreak or
escalation of major hostilities in which the United States is
involved, any declaration of war by Congress or any other
substantial national or international calamity or emergency if,
in the judgment of the Underwriters, the effect of any such
outbreak, escalation, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it
impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale
of and payment for the Class B Certificates.

     (d)  The Representative shall have received:

     (1)  The favorable opinion or opinions of internal counsel
     of Transferor and/or of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel to
     Transferor, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form
     and substance to the Representative and its counsel, and in
     the aggregate substantially to the effect that:

               (i)  Transferor has been duly organized as an
          association licensed as a national banking association
          and is validly existing and in good standing under the
          laws of the United States, is duly qualified to do
          business and is in good standing under the laws of each
          jurisdiction which requires such qualification wherein
          it owns or leases material properties or conducts
          material business, and has full power and authority to
          own its properties, to conduct its business as
          described in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus, to enter into and perform its obligations
          under the Specified Agreements, to execute the
          Certificates and to consummate the transactions
          contemplated hereby and thereby;

               (ii)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, this
          Agreement, the Class A Underwriting Agreement, the Loan
          Agreement and the Certificates have each been duly
          authorized, executed and delivered by Transferor; the
          Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement
          constitute and the Certificates and the Collateral
          Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the
          Certificates validly authenticated and delivered in
          accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
          sold to the Underwriters as provided herein and to the
          Class A Underwriters pursuant to the Class A
          Underwriting Agreement, will constitute, the legal,
          valid and binding agreement of Transferor, enforceable
          in accordance with its terms (subject, as to
          enforcement or remedies, to applicable bankruptcy,
          reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws
          affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time
          in effect and to the application of general principles
          of equity);

               (iii)  the Certificates are in due and proper form
          and when executed, authenticated and delivered as
          specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, when
          delivered against payment of the consideration
          specified herein, will be duly and validly issued and
          outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Pooling
          and Servicing Agreement and the Collateral Interest;

               T.TX  neither the execution and delivery of the
          Specified Agreements, nor the issuance or delivery of
          the Certificates, nor the consummation of any of the
          transactions contemplated herein or therein, nor the
          fulfillment of the terms of the Certificates or the
          Specified Agreements, will conflict with or violate,
          result in a material breach of or constitute a default
          under (A) any Requirements of Law applicable to
          Transferor or any statute or regulation currently
          applicable to the Trust, (B) any term or provision of
          any order known to such counsel to be currently
          applicable to Transferor or the Trust of any court,
          regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental
          body having jurisdiction over Transferor or the Trust,
          as the case may be, or (C) any term or provision of any
          indenture or other agreement or instrument known to
          such counsel to which Transferor or the Trust is a
          party or by which either of them or any of their
          properties are bound;

               (v)  except as otherwise disclosed in the
          Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) or the
          Registration Statement, there is no pending or, to the
          best knowledge of such counsel, threatened action, suit
          or proceeding before any court or governmental agency,
          authority or body or any arbitrator with respect to the
          Trust, the Certificates, the Specified Agreements or
          any of the transactions contemplated herein or therein
          or with respect to Transferor which, in the case of any
          such action, suit or proceeding with respect to
          Transferor if adversely determined, would have a
          material adverse effect on the Certificates or the
          Trust or upon the ability of Transferor to perform its
          obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
          or the Loan Agreement; and the statements included in
          the Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus and the
          Prospectus describing statutes, legal proceedings,
          contracts and other documents relating to Transferor,
          the Accounts, the Receivables, the business of
          Transferor and the Trust fairly summarize the matters
          therein described;

               (vi)  the Registration Statement has become
          effective under the Securities Act, and, to the best of
          their knowledge and information, no stop order
          suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
          Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
          purpose have been instituted or are pending or
          contemplated under the Securities Act, and the
          Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each
          amendment or supplement thereto, as of their respective
          effective or issue dates, complied as to form in all
          material respects with the requirements of the
          Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. Such
          counsel has no reason to believe that at the Effective
          Date the Registration Statement contained any untrue
          statement of a material fact or omitted to state any
          material fact required to be stated therein or
          necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
          or that the Prospectus includes any untrue statement of
          a material fact or omits to state a material fact
          necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
          the circumstances under which they were made, not
          misleading (other than financial and statistical
          information contained therein as to which such counsel
          need express no opinion);

               (vii)  no approval, authorization, consent, order,
          registration, filing, qualification, license or permit
          of or with any court or governmental agency or body is
          required for the consummation by Transferor or the
          Trust of the transactions contemplated in the Specified
          Agreements, except such as have been obtained under the
          Securities Act and such as may be required under the
          blue sky laws of any jurisdiction inside the United
          States in connection with the purchase and distribution
          of the Class B Certificates by the Underwriters and
          such filings or other approvals (specified in such
          opinion) as have been made or obtained;

               (viii)  if a court concludes that the assignment
          of the Receivables, all documents and instruments
          relating thereto and all proceeds thereof to the
          Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
          is a sale, such assignment transferred to the Trust all
          the right, title and interest of Transferor in and to
          such Receivables and other property in existence on the
          date hereof, free and clear of any Liens then existing
          or thereafter created except as specifically permitted
          pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. With
          respect to Receivables which come into existence after
          the date hereof, such sale will transfer to the Trust
          all of the right, title and interest of Transferor in
          and to such Receivables free and clear of any Liens. If
          a court were to conclude that such assignment was not a
          sale, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
          transactions provided for by the Pooling and Servicing
          Agreement would constitute a grant by Transferor to the
          Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, of a
          valid security interest in all of Transferor's right,
          title and interest in all Receivables and other
          property from time to time transferred by Transferor to
          the Trust;

               (ix)  the Certificates and the Pooling and
          Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement each conform
          in all material respects with the description thereof
          contained in the Registration Statement and the
          Prospectus;

               (x)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is not
          required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act
          of 1939, as amended, and neither Transferor nor the
          Trust is required to be registered under the Investment
          Company Act; and

               (xi)  the statements in the Registration Statement
          under the heading "Certain Legal Aspects of the
          Receivables", "U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences"
          and "ERISA Considerations" to the extent that they
          constitute statements of matters of law or legal
          conclusions with respect thereto, have been prepared or
          received by such counsel and are correct in all
          material respects.

     In rendering such opinion counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than
the States of Ohio and New York and the United States, to the
extent deemed proper and stated in such opinion, upon the opinion
of other counsel of good standing believed by such counsel to be
reliable and acceptable to the Representative and its counsel,
and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent deemed proper and as
stated therein, on certificates of responsible officers of the
Trust, Transferor and public officials. References to the
Prospectus in this paragraph (d) include any supplements thereto.

          (2)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt,
     special tax counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date
     and to the effect that (i) the Certificates will properly be
     treated as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes and
     (ii) the Trust will not be classified as an association or a
     publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for
     federal income tax purposes.

          (3)  The favorable opinion of Schwartz, Warren &
     Ramirez, special Ohio counsel to Transferor, dated the
     Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the
     Representative and its counsel, and substantially to the
     effect that:

               (i)  the Receivables constitute either "general
          intangibles" or "accounts" in each case as defined in
          the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of
          Ohio;

               (ii)  Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
          with respect to the Investor Interest in the
          Receivables and the proceeds thereof have been filed in
          the office of the Ohio Secretary of State. No other
          filings or other actions, with respect to the Trustee's
          interest in the Receivables transferred and to be
          transferred by Transferor to the Trust, are necessary
          to perfect the interest of the Trustee in the
          Receivables, and the proceeds thereof, against third
          parties, except that appropriate continuation
          statements must be filed at five-year intervals;  

               (iii)  in the event that a court were to conclude
          that the assignment of the Receivables, all documents
          and instruments relating thereto and all proceeds
          thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and
          Servicing Agreement was not a sale, the Pooling and
          Servicing Agreement, together with the filing of the
          financing statements referred to in paragraph (ii)
          above, create a first priority perfected security
          interest in the Receivables transferred and to be
          transferred by Transferor to the Trustee, all documents
          and instruments relating thereto and all proceeds
          thereof (in rendering such opinion counsel may take
          such exceptions as are appropriate and reasonably
          acceptable under the circumstances; and

               (iv)  the Trust as an entity will not be subject
          to the corporation franchise tax or to the dealers in
          intangibles tax imposed on corporations, financial
          institutions or dealers in intangibles by Ohio Revised
          Code Chapters 5733 or 5725, and for purposes of the
          corporation franchise tax and the dealers in
          intangibles tax imposed by Ohio Revised Code Chapters
          5733 and 5725, respectively, the Certificates will be
          treated as indebtedness.

          (4)  Any reliance letters relating to each opinion
     rendered to the Trustee or any Rating Agency by internal
     counsel of Transferor and Mayer, Brown & Platt and any other
     counsel to Transferor in connection with the rating of the
     Certificates.

          (5)  The favorable opinion of counsel to the Trustee,
     dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and
     substance to the Representative and its counsel to the
     effect that:

               (i)  The Trustee has been duly incorporated and is
          validly existing as a New York banking corporation in
          good standing under the laws of the State of New York
          with full power and authority (corporate and other) to
          own its properties and conduct its business, as
          presently conducted by it, and to enter into and
          perform its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing
          Agreement and the Loan Agreement and to issue the
          Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

               (ii)  Each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
          and the Loan Agreement has been duly authorized,
          executed and delivered by the Trustee, and constitutes
          a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee,
          enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that
          (y) the enforceability thereof may be subject to
          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
          other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating
          to creditors' rights and (z) the remedy of specific
          performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable
          relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the
          discretion of the court before which any proceeding
          therefor may be brought.

               (iii)  The Certificates have been duly executed,
          authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

               (iv)  Neither the execution and delivery by the
          Trustee of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
          Loan Agreement nor the consummation of any of the
          transactions by the Trustee contemplated thereby
          required the consent or approval of, the giving of
          notice to, the registration with or the taking of any
          other action with respect to, any governmental
          authority or agency under any existing federal or state
          law governing the banking or trust powers of the
          Trustee.

               (v)  The execution and delivery of the Pooling and
          Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement by the
          Trustee and the performance by the Trustee of their
          respective terms do not conflict with or result in a
          violation of (A) any law or regulation of the United
          States of America or the State of New York governing
          trust powers of the Trustee, (B) the Articles of
          Association or By-Laws of the Trustee, or (C) to the
          best of their knowledge, any indenture, lease, or other
          material agreement to which the Trustee is a party or
          to which its assets are subject.

          (6)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt,
     counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, with
     respect to the validity of the Class B Certificates and such
     other related matters as the Underwriters shall request, and
     Transferor shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to
     such counsel such documents as they may reasonably request
     for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
     In rendering such opinion, Mayer, Brown & Platt may rely on
     the opinions of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, counsel to
     Transferor, and the opinion of internal counsel of
     Transferor, as to the matters dealt with in such opinions.

     (e)  The Representative shall have received a certificate
dated the Closing Date of the President, any Vice President, the
Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, of Transferor in which such
officer shall state that the representations and warranties of
Transferor in this Agreement are true and correct, and that
Transferor has complied with all agreements and satisfied all
conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at
or prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and
no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
contemplated by the Commission, and subsequent to the date of the
most recent financial statements of Transferor delivered to the
Representative hereunder, there has been no material adverse
change in the condition, financial or otherwise, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of
Transferor except as set forth in or contemplated by the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

     (f)  The Class B Certificates shall be rated "Aaa" by
Moody's and "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and "AAA" by Fitch, and
the Class B Certificates shall be rated "A2" by Moody's and "A"
by Standard & Poor's and "A" by Fitch.

     (g)  The Representative shall have received evidence
satisfactory to it and its counsel that, on or before the Closing
Date, UCC-1 financing statements have been filed in the office of
the Secretary of State of Ohio and County Clerk of Franklin
County reflecting the interest of the Trust in the Receivables
and the proceeds thereof.

     (h)  The Representative and Transferor shall have received
from counsel for the Collateral Interest Holder reasonably
acceptable to the Representative and Transferor, a favorable
opinion, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and
substance to the Representative, its counsel, Transferor and its
counsel to the effect that:

               (1)  the Collateral Interest Holder is duly
          organized and existing under the laws of its
          jurisdiction of incorporation and has the power and
          authority to execute, deliver and perform its
          obligations under the Loan Agreement;

               (2)  the Loan Agreement has been duly and validly
          authorized, executed and delivered by the Collateral
          Interest Holder and constitutes the legal, valid and
          legally binding obligation of the Collateral Interest
          Holder enforceable against the Collateral Interest
          Holder in accordance with its terms, except as such
          enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium,
          readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting
          the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, as such
          laws may be applied in the event of a bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium,
          readjustment of debt of, or the appointment of a
          receiver with respect to the property of, or a similar
          event applicable to the Collateral Interest Holder, and
          (B) the effect of any moratorium or other similar
          occurrence affecting the Collateral Interest Holder; 

               (3)  all consents, approvals, authorizations,
          licenses, rulings or orders of or actions by any New
          York State or federal governmental authority and all
          filings, recordings or publications, if any, required
          on the part of the Collateral Interest Holder in
          connection with the execution, delivery or performance
          by the Collateral Interest Holder of the Loan Agreement
          have been obtained or made and are in full force and
          effect; and

               (4)  such other customary matters as the
          Representative shall request.

     (i)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, there shall not have been any change, or any
development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the
business or properties of the Trust or Transferor the effect of
which, in any case referred to above, is, in the judgment of the
Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impractical
or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of
the Class B Certificates as contemplated by the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus (and any supplements thereto).

     (j)  Simultaneously with or prior to the Closing Date,
$445,500,000 aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A
Certificates shall have been sold to the Class A Underwriters.
     Transferor will provide or cause to be provided to the
Underwriters such conformed copies of such opinions,
certificates, letters and documents as the Underwriters may
reasonably request.

     Section 7.  Indemnification and Contribution. (a) 
Transferor will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and
each Person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which the Underwriters or any
of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
(or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material
fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or
any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary
prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter and each Person
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act for any actual legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
the Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses
are incurred; provided, however, that Transferor will not be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged
omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to Transferor by
any Underwriter specifically for use therein.

     (b)  Each Underwriter, severally, agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless Transferor against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities to which Transferor may become subject, under the
Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto,
or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made
in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to Transferor by such Underwriter specifically for use
therein, and will reimburse any actual legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by Transferor in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

     (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
this Section of notice of the commencement of any action or the
assertion by a third party of a claim, such indemnified party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission
so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any
liability which it may have to any indemnified party except and
to the extent of any prejudice to such indemnifying party arising
from such failure to provide such notice. In case any such action
is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying
party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent
that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not,
except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to
the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying
party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to
such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other
expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs
of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement
of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity
could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless
such settlement includes an unconditional release of such
indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the
subject matter of such action.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party
under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by Transferor on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Class B
Certificates or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i)
above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of Transferor
on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by
Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other
shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net
proceeds from the offering of the Class B Certificates (before
deducting expenses) received by Transferor bear to the total
underwriting discounts and commissions received by the
Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact relates to information supplied by
Transferor or the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection
(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any action or claim which is the
subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of
this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discount
applicable to the Class B Certificates purchased by such
Underwriter hereunder. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     (e)  The obligations of Transferor under this Section shall
be in addition to any liability that Transferor may otherwise
have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to
each Person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of any
Underwriter under this Section shall be in addition to any
liability that such Underwriter may otherwise have and shall
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of
Transferor, to each officer of Transferor who signed the
Registration Statement and to each Person, if any, who controls
Transferor within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     Section 8.  Survival of Certain Representations and
Obligations. The respective indemnities, agreements,
representations, warranties and other statements of Transferor or
its officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made
pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results
thereof, made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, Transferor or
any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or
any controlling Person, and will survive delivery of and payment
for the Class B Certificates. If for any reason the purchase of
the Class B Certificates by the Underwriters is not consummated,
Transferor shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid
or reimbursed by Transferor pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof and
the respective obligations of Transferor and the Underwriters
pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall remain in effect. If the
purchase of the Class B Certificates by the Underwriters is not
consummated for any reason other than solely because of the
occurrence of any event specified in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv)
of Section 6(c) hereof, Transferor will reimburse the
Underwriters for all actual out-of-pocket expenses (including
fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in
connection with the offering of the Class B Certificates.

     Section 9.  Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more
Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Class
B Certificates agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or
Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall
constitute a default in the performance of its or their
obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters
shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the
respective proportions which the amount of Class B Certificates
set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the
aggregate amount of Class B Certificates set forth opposite the
names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Class B Certificates
which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but
failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the event that the
aggregate amount of Class B Certificates which the defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall
exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Class B
Certificates set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining
Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not
be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Class B
Certificates, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not
purchase all the Class B Certificates, this Agreement will
terminate without liability to any non-defaulting Underwriter,
the Trust or Transferor. In the event of a default by any
Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date
shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding seven days, as
the Underwriters shall determine in order that the required
changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any
supplements thereto) or in any other documents or arrangements
may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to
Transferor and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages
occasioned by its default hereunder.

     Section 10.  Notices. All communications hereunder will be
in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed,
delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to them c/o CS First
Boston Corporation, Attention: Investment Banking Department -
Transactions Advisory Group; or if sent to Transferor will be
mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at World
Financial Network National Bank, 4590 East Broad Street,
Columbus, Ohio 43213, Attention: Dan Groomes (facsimile no.
614/755-3418).

     Section 11.  Successors. This Agreement will inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors and the officers and directors and
controlling Persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and no other
Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

     Section 12.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to  be
an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute
one and the same Agreement.

     Section 13.  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of New York, without regard to any otherwise applicable
principles of conflicts of laws.

     Section 14.  Miscellaneous. Neither this Agreement nor any
term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated
orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party
against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or
termination is sought. The headings in this Agreement are for
purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise
affect the meaning hereof.

     Section 15.  Representative. The Representative will act for
the several Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and
the transactions contemplated hereby and any action under this
Agreement taken by the Representative will be binding upon all
the Underwriters. 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of
our agreement, kindly sign and return to us one of the
counterparts duplicate hereof, whereupon it will become a binding
agreement between Transferor and the several Underwriters in
accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,


WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK 
NATIONAL BANK


By: _______________________________
     Name:   Dan Groomes
     Title:  Vice President and
             Chief Financial
             Officer



The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
  is hereby confirmed and accepted,
  as of the date first above written:

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION



By: ____________________________________
      Name:    
      Title:   

For itself and the other
  Underwriters named in Schedule I
  to the foregoing Underwriting
  Agreement. 



  <PAGE>
                             Schedule 1
                             -----------


                                             Principal Amount of 
   Class B Underwriter                       Class B Certificates
   -------------------                       --------------------


CS First Boston Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . .$46,750,000    


<PAGE>
                              $283,500,000
            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                       6.95% CLASS A ASSET BACKED 
                       CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-B



              CLASS A UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT, SERIES 1996-B
              ---------------------------------------------

                                                          April 25, 1996

CS First Boston Corporation, 
  as Representative of the
  Several Underwriters

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Section 1.   Introductory. World Financial Network National Bank, a 
national banking association ("Transferor"), has conveyed and proposes to 
convey the Receivables arising from certain consumer revolving credit card 
accounts and other rights to the World Financial Network Card Master Trust 
(the "Trust"), and proposes to cause the Trust to sell to the Underwriters 
named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom you are acting as 
representative (the "Representative"), $283,500,000 aggregate initial 
principal amount of 6.95% Class A Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B 
(the "Class A Certificates"), in the Trust. It is understood that 
Transferor is currently entering into a Class B Underwriting Agreement 
dated the date hereof (the "Class B Underwriting Agreement") among 
Transferor and the Underwriters named on Schedule I thereto (the "Class B 
Underwriters") providing for the sale of $29,750,000 aggregate initial 
principal amount of 7.20% Class B Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B 
(the "Class B Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and the Class B 
Certificates are referred to herein collectively as the "Certificates".  
This Agreement and the Class B Underwriting Agreement are referred to 
herein collectively as the "Underwriting Agreements". 

      The Receivables were conveyed by Transferor to the Trust pursuant to 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 17, 1996 (the 
"P&S") between Transferor, as Transferor and Servicer, and The Bank of New 
York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Certificates will be issued 
pursuant to the P&S and the Series 1996-B Supplement to the P&S, dated as 
of May 9, 1996 (the "Supplement"), between the same parties. The P&S and 
the Supplement are referred to herein collectively as the "Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement".  In addition, Transferor, Servicer, Trustee and a 
financial institution identified therein (the "Collateral Interest 
Holder"), will enter into a Loan Agreement dated as of May 9, 1996 (the 
"Loan Agreement") pursuant to which the Collateral Interest Holder will 
acquire $36,750,000 aggregate initial principal amount of the Collateral 
Interest (the "Collateral Interest"), which will act as Enhancement for the 
Certificates.  Additional Enhancement for the Certificates will be provided 
in the form of the Cash Collateral Account, as described in the Supplement.

      Capitalized terms used herein (including in the Introductory hereto) 
that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Section 2.   Representations and Warranties of Transferor. 
(a)Transferor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter 
as set forth in this Section 2. Certain terms used in this Section 2 are 
defined in paragraph (i) below.

           (i)  Transferor meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under 
      the Securities Act and has filed with the Securities and Exchange 
      Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement (Registration 
      No. 333-998) and a related preliminary prospectus, on such Form for 
      the registration under the Securities Act, of the Certificates. 
      Transferor may have filed one or more amendments thereto and the 
      related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been 
      furnished to the Representative.  Transferor will file with the 
      Commission (A) prior to the effectiveness of such registration 
      statement, a further amendment thereto (including the form of final 
      base prospectus and the form of final prospectus supplement relating 
      to the Class A Certificates) or (B) after effectiveness of such 
      registration statement, a final base prospectus and final prospectus 
      supplement in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) under 
      the Securities Act or (C) a final base prospectus and a final 
      prospectus supplement relating to the Class A Certificates in 
      accordance with Rules 415 and 424(b)(2) or (5) under the Securities 
      Act. In the case of clause (B), Transferor has included in such 
      registration statement, as amended at the Effective Date, all 
      information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 
      Securities Act and the rules thereunder to be included in the 
      Prospectus with respect to the Class A Certificates and the offering 
      thereof. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus 
      supplement, or such final base prospectus or final prospectus 
      supplement, shall include all Rule 430A Information, together with 
      all other such required information, with respect to the Class A 
      Certificates and the offering thereof and, except to the extent the 
      Underwriters shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in 
      all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representative 
      prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the 
      Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional 
      information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest 
      preliminary prospectus which has previously been furnished to the 
      Representative) as Transferor has advised the Representative, prior 
      to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein. If the 
      Registration Statement contains the undertakings specified by item 
      512(a) of Regulation S-K, the Registration Statement, at the 
      Execution Time, meets the requirements set forth in Rule 
      415(a)(1)(x).

           The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, have the 
      meanings indicated. The term "Effective Date" means each date that 
      the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or 
      amendments thereto became or become effective. "Execution Time" means 
      the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by 
      the parties hereto. "Preliminary Prospectus" means any preliminary 
      prospectus referred to in the preceding paragraph and any preliminary 
      prospectus included in the Registration Statement which, at the 
      Effective Date, omits Rule 430A Information. "Base Prospectus" means 
      the prospectus referred to above contained in the Registration 
      Statement at the Effective Date.  "Prospectus" means the prospectus 
      supplement relating to the Class A Certificates that is first filed 
      with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time, 
      together with the Base Prospectus (as such Base Prospectus may have 
      been amended and together with any supplements thereto) or, if no 
      filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required, means the prospectus 
      supplement relating to the Class A Certificates, including the Base 
      Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective 
      Date.  "Registration Statement" means the registration statement 
      referred to in the preceding paragraph and any registration statement 
      required to be filed under the Securities Act or rules thereunder, 
      including incorporated documents, exhibits and financial statements, 
      in the form in which it has or shall become effective and, in the 
      event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to 
      the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so 
      amended. Such term shall include Rule 430A Information deemed to be 
      included therein at the Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A. 
      "Rule 424", "Rule 430A", "Rule 415" and "Regulation S-K" refer to 
      such rules or regulations under the Securities Act. "Rule 430A 
      Information" means information with respect to the Class A 
      Certificates and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from 
      the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 
      430A. Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, the Base 
      Prospectus or Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the 
      documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of 
      Form S-3 which were filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
      as amended (the "Exchange Act"), on or before the Effective Date of 
      the Registration Statement or the issue date of the Base Prospectus 
      or Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference herein to the 
      terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the 
      Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus or Prospectus shall be 
      deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the 
      Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, 
      or the issue date of the Base Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case 
      may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

           (ii)  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or 
      will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements 
      of the Securities Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date 
      and when the Prospectus is first filed (if required) in accordance 
      with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus (as amended 
      and together with any supplements thereto) did or will comply in all 
      material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities 
      Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date, the Registration 
      Statement did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a 
      material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be 
      stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein 
      not misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not 
      filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on the date 
      of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the 
      Prospectus (as amended and together with any supplements thereto) 
      will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
      state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements 
      therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
      not misleading; provided, however, that Transferor makes no 
      representations or warranties as to the information contained in or 
      omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any 
      supplements thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with 
      information furnished in writing to Transferor by any Underwriter 
      specifically for use in connection with the preparation of the 
      Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplements 
      thereto).

           (iii)  Transferor is a national banking association duly 
      organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of 
      the United States, and has all requisite power, authority and legal 
      right to own its properties and conduct its business as described in 
      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and to execute, deliver 
      and perform the Underwriting Agreements, the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement and the Loan Agreement (collectively the "Specified 
      Agreements"), to authorize the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and to consummate the transactions contemplated 
      hereby.

           (iv)  Transferor is duly qualified to do business and is in good 
      standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required 
      in order to conduct its business, and has obtained all necessary 
      licenses and approvals with respect to Transferor required under 
      Federal and Ohio law.

           (v)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the consummation of the transactions 
      contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized 
      by all necessary action or proceedings.

           (vi)  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by 
      Transferor.

           (vii)  Transferor has authorized the conveyance of the 
      Receivables to the Trust, and Transferor has authorized the Trust to 
      issue and sell the Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

           (viii)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and 
      thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the 
      terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or 
      lapse of time or both) a default under, or (other than the Lien of 
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) result in the creation or 
      imposition of any Lien under any material indenture, contract, 
      agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which 
      Transferor is a party or by which it or any of its properties are 
      bound.

           (ix)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and 
      thereof, will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law 
      applicable to Transferor.

           (x)  There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to 
      the best knowledge of Transferor, threatened against Transferor 
      before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, arbitrator 
      or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (A) asserting the 
      invalidity of any Specified Agreement or the Certificates or the 
      Collateral Interest, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the 
      Certificates or the Collateral Interest or the consummation of any of 
      the transactions contemplated by the Specified Agreements, (C) 
      seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment 
      of Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the performance 
      by Transferor of its obligations under any Specified Agreement, (D) 
      seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and 
      adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any Specified 
      Agreements or the Certificates or the Collateral Interest, or (E) 
      seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust, 
      as described in the Prospectus under the heading "U.S. Federal Income 
      Tax Considerations"; and there are no contracts or documents of 
      Transferor that are required to be filed as exhibits to the 
      Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the rules and 
      regulations of the Commissioner promulgated under the Securities Act 
      (the "Rules and Regulations") that have not been so filed.

           (xi)  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders and other 
      actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official 
      required in connection with the execution and delivery of the 
      Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the performance of the transactions 
      contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms 
      hereof and thereof, have been obtained.

           (xii)  Transferor has delivered to the Representative complete 
      and correct copies of publicly available portions of the Consolidated 
      Reports of Condition and Income of Transferor for the years ended 
      December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, as submitted to the Comptroller of 
      the Currency.  Except as otherwise set forth therein, during the 
      period from the most recent date covered by the aforementioned 
      reports to the date hereof, (x) there has been no material adverse 
      change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Transferor and 
      (y) there have been no transactions entered into by Transferor, other 
      than those in the ordinary course of business or that are disclosed 
      in the Prospectus, that are material with respect to Transferor. 

           (xiii)  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges in 
      connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the 
      Specified  Agreements and the Certificates and the Collateral 
      Interest shall have been paid by Transferor or will be paid by 
      Transferor at or prior to the Closing Date to the extent then due.

           (xiv)  The Certificates and the Collateral Interest have been 
      duly and validly authorized. The Certificates, when validly 
      authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the Pooling 
      and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as provided 
      herein and to the Class B Underwriters pursuant to the Class B 
      Underwriting Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and 
      outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement, and, together with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
      the Loan Agreement and the Collateral Interest will conform in all 
      material respects to the descriptions thereof and the statements in 
      relation thereto contained in the Prospectus.

           (xv)  Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery 
      thereof by the other parties thereto, the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement and the Loan Agreement constitute and the Certificates and 
      the Collateral Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the 
      Certificates, validly authenticated and delivered in accordance with 
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as 
      provided herein and to the Class B Underwriters pursuant to the Class 
      B Underwriting Agreement will constitute, the legal, valid and 
      binding agreement of Transferor enforceable in accordance with its 
      respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited 
      by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other 
      similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and 
      by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such 
      enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

           (xvi)  On the Closing Date and after giving effect to this 
      Agreement, the Underwriters and the Class B Underwriters will have 
      good and marketable title to the Certificates, free and clear of all 
      Liens when validly authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance 
      with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters 
      as provided herein and to the Class B Underwriters pursuant to the 
      Class B Underwriting Agreement.

           (xvii)  At the time of each transfer of Receivables by 
      Transferor to the Trust, Transferor has had and will have good and 
      marketable title to all Receivables and the other property being 
      transferred by it to the Trust on each such day, free and clear of 
      Liens (other than the Lien of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), 
      and will not have sold to any Person (other than the Trustee) any of 
      its right, title or interest in any of such Receivables or such other 
      property.

           (xviii)  Neither Transferor nor the Trust is an "investment 
      company" or "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are 
      defined in the Investment Company Act.

           (xix)  As of the Closing Date each of the representations and 
      warranties of Transferor deemed made pursuant to the Pooling and 
      Servicing Agreement will be true and correct, and, as of each other 
      date on which Transferor is deemed, pursuant to the terms of the 
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to make any of the representations 
      and warranties set forth therein, and in Officer's Certificates of 
      Transferor delivered on each such date pursuant to the Pooling and 
      Servicing Agreement, will be true and correct and the Underwriters 
      may rely on such representations and warranties as if they were set 
      forth herein in full. 

      (b)  Any Officer's Certificate signed by any officer of Transferor 
and delivered to the Representative or its counsel shall be deemed a 
representation and warranty of Transferor to the Underwriters as to the 
matters covered thereby.

      Section 3.  Purchase and Sale. On the basis of the representations, 
warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and 
conditions herein set forth, Transferor agrees to cause the Trust to sell 
to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not 
jointly, except as set forth in Section 9 below, to purchase the respective 
initial principal amount of Class A Certificates set forth opposite such 
Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto, at a purchase price of 99.356250% 
of the aggregate principal amount thereof. 

      The Class A Certificates will initially be represented by one or more 
certificates representing $283,500,000 aggregate initial principal amount, 
each of which will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of 
The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") (such certificates, the "DTC 
Certificates"). The interests of beneficial owners of the DTC Certificates 
will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and participating 
members thereof. Definitive certificates evidencing the Class A 
Certificates will be available only under the limited circumstances 
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Delivery of the DTC Certificates shall be made to the accounts of the 
several Underwriters at the office of DTC, 55 Water Street, 49th Floor, New 
York, New York 10004, against payment by the several Underwriters of the 
purchase price therefor to or upon the order of Transferor in immediately 
available funds at the office of Mayer, Brown & Platt, New York, New York 
at 9:00 a.m., New York time, on May 9, 1996, or at such other time not 
later than seven full business days thereafter as Transferor and the 
Underwriters determine, such time being herein referred to as the "Closing 
Date".  The certificates evidencing the DTC Certificates will be made 
available for checking at the offices of Mayer, Brown & Platt in Chicago, 
Illinois or such other location specified by Transferor at least 24 hours 
prior to the Closing Date.

      Section 4.  Offering by the Underwriters. (a) It is understood that 
the Underwriters propose to offer the Class A Certificates for sale to the 
public as set forth in the Prospectus.

      (b)  Each Underwriter agrees that if it is a foreign broker dealer 
not eligible for membership in the National Association of Securities 
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), it will not effect any transaction in the Class 
A Certificates within the United States or induce or attempt to induce the 
purchase of or sale of the Class A Certificates within the United States, 
except that it shall be permitted to make sales to other Underwriters or to 
its United States affiliates; provided that such sales are made in 
compliance with an exemption of certain foreign brokers or dealers under 
Rule 15a-6 under the Exchange Act and in conformity with the Rules of Fair 
Practice of the NASD as such Rules apply to non-NASD brokers or dealers.

      (c)  Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) it has not 
offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of the period of six months from 
the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any Class A Certificates to 
Persons in the United Kingdom except to Persons whose ordinary activities 
involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments 
(as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise 
in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the 
United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities 
Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable 
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 of the United Kingdom with 
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Class A Certificates in, 
from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; (iii) it has only issued or 
passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document 
received by it in connection with the issue of the Class A Certificates to 
a Person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial 
Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 of 
the United Kingdom or is a Person to whom the document may otherwise 
lawfully be issued or passed on.

      Section 5.  Certain Agreements of Transferor. Transferor covenants 
and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

      (a)  Transferor will use its best efforts to cause the Registration 
Statement, and any amendment thereto, if not effective at the Execution 
Time, to become effective. If the Registration Statement has become or 
becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is 
otherwise required under Rule 424(b), Transferor will file the Prospectus, 
properly completed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the time period 
prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of 
such timely filing. Transferor will promptly advise the Underwriters (i) 
when the Registration Statement, and any amendment thereto, shall have 
become effective, (ii) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, 
shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), (iii) of 
any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the 
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, 
(iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threat of 
any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by Transferor of any 
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the 
Class A Certificates for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or 
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. Transferor will not file 
any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus 
unless a copy has been furnished to the Representative for its review prior 
to such filing. Transferor will use its best efforts to prevent the 
issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as 
possible the lifting thereof.

      (b)  If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Class A 
Certificates is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any 
event occurs as a result of which such Prospectus as then amended or 
supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in 
light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if 
it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement such Prospectus to 
comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the Rules and 
Regulations thereunder, Transferor promptly will prepare and file with the 
Commission an amendment or supplement that will effect such compliance. 
Neither the consent of any Underwriter to, nor the delivery by any 
Underwriter of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver 
of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof.

      (c)  As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date 
(as defined below), Transferor will cause the Trustee to make generally 
available to the Holders of the Class A Certificates and to the 
Representative an earnings statement with respect to the Trust covering a 
period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date that will 
satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 
under the Securities Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, 
"Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal 
quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date, 
except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of 
Transferor's fiscal year, "Availability Date" means the 90th day after the 
end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

      (d)  Transferor will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the 
Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (in 
each case at least two of which will be signed and will include all 
exhibits), each related Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all 
amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as 
available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may reasonably 
request.  Transferor will furnish or cause to be furnished to the 
Representative copies of all reports on Form SR required by Rule 463 under 
the Securities Act.

      (e)  Transferor will arrange for the qualification of the Class A 
Certificates for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United 
States as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and will continue such 
qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the 
Class A Certificates, provided that Transferor shall not be obligated to 
qualify to do business nor become subject to service of process generally, 
but only to the extent required for such qualification, in any jurisdiction 
in which it is not currently so qualified, and will arrange for the 
determination of the legality of the Class A Certificates for purchase by 
institutional investors.

      (f)  So long as any of the Class A Certificates are outstanding, 
Transferor will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Underwriters (i) 
copies of each report mailed to the Trustee or the Series 1996-B Holders, 
as soon as such report is mailed to the Trustee or such Holders, (ii) the 
annual statement as to compliance and the annual statement of a firm of 
independent public accountants furnished to the Trustee pursuant to 
Sections 3.5 and 3.6 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as soon as 
such statements are furnished to the Trustee, (iii) copies of all documents 
required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or 
any order of the Commission thereunder, and (iv) such other information 
concerning Transferor, the Certificates or the Trust as the Underwriters 
may reasonably request from time to time.

      (g)  Transferor will pay all expenses incident to the performance of 
its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, (i) 
expenses of preparing, printing, reproducing and distributing the 
Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, the preliminary 
prospectuses, the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements 
thereto), the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the 
Class A Certificates, (ii) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and 
its counsel, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public 
accountants of Transferor and fees and disbursements of counsel to 
Transferor and the Underwriters, (iv) the fees charged by Moody's Investors 
Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of 
The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's") and Fitch Investors 
Service, L.P. ("Fitch", and together with Moody's and Standard & Poor's, 
the "Rating Agencies") in connection with the rating of the Class A 
Certificates, (v) the fees of DTC in connection with the book-entry 
registration of the DTC Certificate, (vi) the fees and expenses of Mayer, 
Brown & Platt as counsel to the Transferor and in its role as special 
Federal tax counsel and (vii) expenses incurred in distributing preliminary 
prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements 
thereto) to the Underwriters, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any 
expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred 
by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof in connection with the 
qualification of the Class A Certificates for sale and determination of 
their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in 
the United States as the Underwriters may designate. 

      (h)  Transferor has caused and will continue to cause its books and 
records (including any computer records) to be marked relating to the 
Receivables transferred to the Trust, to show the transfer to the Trust of 
such Receivables, and Transferor shall not take any action inconsistent 
with the transfer to the Trust of such Receivables, other than as permitted 
by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      (i)  For a period of 30 days from the date hereof, none of Transferor 
or any of its affiliates or any trust formed by it or any of its affiliates 
will, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, directly or 
indirectly, offer, sell or contract to sell or announce the offering of, in 
a public or private transaction, any other collateralized securities 
similar to the Class A Certificates (other than the Class B Certificates 
and the Class A Certificates, Series 1996-A and Class B Certificates, 
Series 1996-A) representing interests in consumer credit card receivables.

      (j)  So long as any Class A Certificates are outstanding, Transferor 
will cause to be delivered to the Underwriters a reliance letter relating 
to each Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee or any Rating Agency by 
counsel to Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement at 
the time such opinion is delivered.

      (k)  To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with respect to 
the Class A Certificates by any Rating Agency is conditional upon the 
furnishing of documents or the taking of any other actions by Transferor, 
Transferor shall furnish such documents and take any such other actions as 
may be required.

      Section 6.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The 
obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Class A 
Certificates will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and 
warranties on the part of Transferor herein as of the Execution Time and 
the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the officers of 
Transferor made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by 
Transferor of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional 
conditions precedent:

      (a)  (i) On the date of this Agreement, the Underwriters and 
Transferor shall have received a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof 
(which, if the Effective Time is prior to the execution and delivery of 
this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if 
the Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this 
Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective 
amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior to the 
Effective Time), of Coopers & Lybrand confirming that they are independent 
public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules 
and Regulations, substantially in the form of the draft to which the 
Underwriters have previously agreed and otherwise in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and (ii) 
on the Closing Date, the Underwriters and Transferor shall have received a 
letter, dated as of the Closing Date, from Coopers & Lybrand updating the 
letter referred to in clause (i) above, in form and substance satisfactory 
to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters.

      (b)  If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to 
the Execution Time, unless the Underwriters agree in writing to a later 
time, the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 
10:00 p.m. New York time on the date of this Agreement; if filing of the 
Prospectus, or any supplements thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 
424(b), the Prospectus shall have been filed in the manner and within the 
time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no 
proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

      (c)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, 
there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development involving 
a prospective change, in or affecting particularly the business or 
properties of Transferor which, in the judgment of the Underwriters 
materially impairs the investment quality of the Class A Certificates; (ii) 
any suspension or limitation of trading in securities generally on the New 
York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such 
exchange, or any suspension of trading of any securities of Transferor on 
any exchange or in the over the counter market; (iii) any banking 
moratorium declared by Federal, New York or Delaware authorities; or (iv) 
any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in which the United States 
is involved, any declaration of war by Congress or any other substantial 
national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the 
Underwriters, the effect of any such outbreak, escalation, declaration, 
calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with 
completion of the sale of and payment for the Class A Certificates.

      (d)  The Representative shall have received:

      (1)  The favorable opinion or opinions of internal counsel of 
      Transferor and/or of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel to Transferor, 
      dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the 
      Representative and its counsel, and in the aggregate substantially to 
      the effect that:

                 (i)  Transferor has been duly organized as an association 
           licensed as a national banking association and is validly 
           existing and in good standing under the laws of the United 
           States, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing 
           under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such 
           qualification wherein it owns or leases material properties or 
           conducts material business, and has full power and authority to 
           own its properties, to conduct its business as described in the 
           Registration Statement and the Prospectus, to enter into and 
           perform its obligations under the Specified Agreements, to 
           execute the Certificates and to consummate the transactions 
           contemplated hereby and thereby;

                 (ii)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, this Agreement, 
           the Class B Underwriting Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the 
           Certificates have each been duly authorized, executed and 
           delivered by Transferor; the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and 
           the Loan Agreement constitute and the Certificates and the 
           Collateral Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the 
           Certificates validly authenticated and delivered in accordance 
           with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the 
           Underwriters as provided herein and to the Class B Underwriters 
           pursuant to the Class B Underwriting Agreement, will constitute, 
           the legal, valid and binding agreement of Transferor, 
           enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to 
           enforcement or remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, 
           reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting 
           creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to 
           the application of general principles of equity);

                 (iii)  the Certificates are in due and proper form and 
           when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement, when delivered against payment 
           of the consideration specified herein, will be duly and validly 
           issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Collateral Interest;

                 (iv)  neither the execution and delivery of the Specified 
           Agreements, nor the issuance or delivery of the Certificates, 
           nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated 
           herein or therein, nor the fulfillment of the terms of the 
           Certificates or the Specified Agreements, will conflict with or 
           violate, result in a material breach of or constitute a default 
           under (A) any Requirements of Law applicable to Transferor or 
           any statute or regulation currently applicable to the Trust, (B) 
           any term or provision of any order known to such counsel to be 
           currently applicable to Transferor or the Trust of any court, 
           regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body 
           having jurisdiction over Transferor or the Trust, as the case 
           may be, or (C) any term or provision of any indenture or other 
           agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which 
           Transferor or the Trust is a party or by which either of them or 
           any of their properties are bound;

                 (v)  except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus (and 
           any supplements thereto) or the Registration Statement, there is 
           no pending or, to the best knowledge of such counsel, threatened 
           action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental 
           agency, authority or body or any arbitrator with respect to the 
           Trust, the Certificates, the Specified Agreements or any of the 
           transactions contemplated herein or therein or with respect to 
           Transferor which, in the case of any such action, suit or 
           proceeding with respect to Transferor if adversely determined, 
           would have a material adverse effect on the Certificates or the 
           Trust or upon the ability of Transferor to perform its 
           obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the 
           Loan Agreement; and the statements included in the Registration 
           Statement, the Base Prospectus and the Prospectus describing 
           statutes, legal proceedings, contracts and other documents 
           relating to Transferor, the Accounts, the Receivables, the 
           business of Transferor and the Trust fairly summarize the 
           matters therein described;

                 (vi)  the Registration Statement has become effective 
           under the Securities Act, and, to the best of their knowledge 
           and information, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of 
           the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings 
           for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or 
           contemplated under the Securities Act, and the Registration 
           Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement 
           thereto, as of their respective effective or issue dates, 
           complied as to form in all material respects with the 
           requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and 
           Regulations. Such counsel has no reason to believe that at the 
           Effective Date the Registration Statement contained any untrue 
           statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material 
           fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
           statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus 
           includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to 
           state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, 
           in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
           misleading (other than financial and statistical information 
           contained therein as to which such counsel need express no 
           opinion);

                 (vii)  no approval, authorization, consent, order, 
           registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or 
           with any court or governmental agency or body is required for 
           the consummation by Transferor or the Trust of the transactions 
           contemplated in the Specified Agreements, except such as have 
           been obtained under the Securities Act and such as may be 
           required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction inside the 
           United States in connection with the purchase and distribution 
           of the Class A Certificates by the Underwriters and such filings 
           or other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been made 
           or obtained;

                 (viii)  if a court concludes that the assignment of the 
           Receivables, all documents and instruments relating thereto and 
           all proceeds thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and 
           Servicing Agreement is a sale, such assignment transferred to 
           the Trust all the right, title and interest of Transferor in and 
           to such Receivables and other property in existence on the date 
           hereof, free and clear of any Liens then existing or thereafter 
           created except as specifically permitted pursuant to the Pooling 
           and Servicing Agreement. With respect to Receivables which come 
           into existence after the date hereof, such sale will transfer to 
           the Trust all of the right, title and interest of Transferor in 
           and to such Receivables free and clear of any Liens. If a court 
           were to conclude that such assignment was not a sale, the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the transactions provided 
           for by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement would constitute a 
           grant by Transferor to the Trustee, for the benefit of the 
           Investor Holders, of a valid security interest in all of 
           Transferor's right, title and interest in all Receivables and 
           other property from time to time transferred by Transferor to 
           the Trust;

                 (ix)  the Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing 
           Agreement and the Loan Agreement each conform in all material 
           respects with the description thereof contained in the 
           Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

                 (x)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is not required 
           to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as 
           amended, and neither Transferor nor the Trust is required to be 
           registered under the Investment Company Act; and

                 (xi)  the statements in the Registration Statement under 
           the heading "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables", "U.S. 
           Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "ERISA Considerations" to 
           the extent that they constitute statements of matters of law or 
           legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been prepared or 
           received by such counsel and are correct in all material 
           respects.

      In rendering such opinion counsel may rely (A) as to matters 
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States 
of Ohio and New York and the United States, to the extent deemed proper and 
stated in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing 
believed by such counsel to be reliable and acceptable to the 
Representative and its counsel, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the 
extent deemed proper and as stated therein, on certificates of responsible 
officers of the Trust, Transferor and public officials. References to the 
Prospectus in this paragraph (d) include any supplements thereto.

           (2)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, special tax 
      counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date and to the effect that 
      (i) the Certificates will properly be treated as indebtedness for 
      federal income tax purposes and (ii) the Trust will not be classified 
      as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a 
      corporation for federal income tax purposes.

           (3)  The favorable opinion of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, 
      special Ohio counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date and 
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and its 
      counsel, and substantially to the effect that:

                 (i)  the Receivables constitute either "general 
           intangibles" or "accounts" in each case as defined in the 
           Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of Ohio;

                 (ii)  Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with 
           respect to the Investor Interest in the Receivables and the 
           proceeds thereof have been filed in the office of the Ohio 
           Secretary of State. No other filings or other actions, with 
           respect to the Trustee's interest in the Receivables transferred 
           and to be transferred by Transferor to the Trust, are necessary 
           to perfect the interest of the Trustee in the Receivables, and 
           the proceeds thereof, against third parties, except that 
           appropriate continuation statements must be filed at five-year 
           intervals;

                 (iii)  in the event that a court were to conclude that the 
           assignment of the Receivables, all documents and instruments 
           relating thereto and all proceeds thereof to the Trustee 
           pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement was not a sale, 
           the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, together with the filing of 
           the financing statements referred to in paragraph (ii) above, 
           create a first priority perfected security interest in the 
           Receivables transferred and to be transferred by Transferor to 
           the Trustee, all documents and instruments relating thereto and 
           all proceeds thereof (in rendering such opinion counsel may take 
           such exceptions as are appropriate and reasonably acceptable 
           under the circumstances); and

                 (iv)  the Trust as an entity will not be subject to the 
           corporation franchise tax or to the dealers in intangibles tax 
           imposed on corporations, financial institutions or dealers in 
           intangibles by Ohio Revised Code Chapters 5733 or 5725, and for 
           purposes of the corporation franchise tax and the dealers in 
           intangibles tax imposed by Ohio Revised Code Chapters 5733 and 
           5725, respectively, the Certificates will be treated as 
           indebtedness.


           (4)  Any reliance letters relating to each opinion rendered to 
      the Trustee or any Rating Agency by internal counsel of Transferor 
      and Mayer, Brown & Platt and any other counsel to Transferor in 
      connection with the rating of the Certificates.

           (5)  The favorable opinion of counsel to the Trustee, dated the 
      Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the 
      Representative and its counsel to the effect that:

                 (i)  The Trustee has been duly incorporated and is validly 
           existing as a New York banking corporation in good standing 
           under the laws of the State of New York with full power and 
           authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and 
           conduct its business, as presently conducted by it, and to enter 
           into and perform its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing 
           Agreement and the Loan Agreement and to issue the Certificates 
           and the Collateral Interest.

                 (ii)  Each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 
           Loan Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered 
           by the Trustee, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding 
           obligation of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its 
           terms, except that (y) the enforceability thereof may be subject 
           to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other 
           similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' 
           rights and (z) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive 
           and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable 
           defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any 
           proceeding therefor may be brought.

                 (iii)  The Certificates have been duly executed, 
           authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

                 (iv)  Neither the execution and delivery by the Trustee of 
           the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Loan Agreement nor 
           the consummation of any of the transactions by the Trustee 
           contemplated thereby required the consent or approval of, the 
           giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any 
           other action with respect to, any governmental authority or 
           agency under any existing federal or state law governing the 
           banking or trust powers of the Trustee.

                 (v)  The execution and delivery of the Pooling and 
           Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement by the Trustee and 
           the performance by the Trustee of their respective terms do not 
           conflict with or result in a violation of (A) any law or 
           regulation of the United States of America or the State of New 
           York governing trust powers of the Trustee, (B) the Articles of 
           Association or By-Laws of the Trustee, or (C) to the best of 
           their knowledge, any indenture, lease, or other material 
           agreement to which the Trustee is a party or to which its assets 
           are subject.

           (6)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for 
      the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the 
      validity of the Class A Certificates and such other related matters 
      as the Underwriters shall request, and Transferor shall have 
      furnished or caused to be furnished to such counsel such documents as 
      they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass 
      upon such matters. In rendering such opinion, Mayer, Brown & Platt 
      may rely on the opinions of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, counsel to 
      Transferor, and the opinion of internal counsel of Transferor, as to 
      the matters dealt with in such opinions.

      (e)  The Representative shall have received a certificate dated the 
Closing Date of the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any 
Assistant Treasurer, of Transferor in which such officer shall state that 
the representations and warranties of Transferor in this Agreement are true 
and correct, and that Transferor has complied with all agreements and 
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder 
at or prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness 
of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that 
purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission, and 
subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements of 
Transferor delivered to the Representative hereunder, there has been no 
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, whether 
or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of 
Transferor except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration 
Statement and the Prospectus.

      (f)  The Class A Certificates shall be rated "Aaa" by Moody's and 
"AAA" by Standard & Poor's and "AAA" by Fitch, and the Class B Certificates 
shall be rated "A2" by Moody's and "A" by Standard & Poor's and "A" by 
Fitch.

      (g)  The Representative shall have received evidence satisfactory to 
it and its counsel that, on or before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing 
statements have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Ohio 
and County Clerk of Franklin County reflecting the interest of the Trust in 
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

      (h)  The Representative and Transferor shall have received from 
counsel for the Collateral Interest Holder reasonably acceptable to the 
Representative and Transferor, a favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date 
and satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative, its counsel, 
Transferor and its counsel to the effect that:

                 (1)  the Collateral Interest Holder is duly organized and 
           existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and 
           has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its 
           obligations under the Loan Agreement;

                 (2)  the Loan Agreement has been duly and validly 
           authorized, executed and delivered by the Collateral Interest 
           Holder and constitutes the legal, valid and legally binding 
           obligation of the Collateral Interest Holder enforceable against 
           the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with its terms, 
           except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable 
           bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, 
           readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the 
           enforcement of creditors' rights generally, as such laws may be 
           applied in the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency, 
           reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt 
           of, or the appointment of a receiver with respect to the 
           property of, or a similar event applicable to the Collateral 
           Interest Holder, and (B) the effect of any moratorium or other 
           similar occurrence affecting the Collateral Interest Holder; 

                 (3)  all consents, approvals, authorizations, licenses, 
           rulings or orders of or actions by any New York State or federal 
           governmental authority and all filings, recordings or 
           publications, if any, required on the part of the Collateral 
           Interest Holder in connection with the execution, delivery or 
           performance by the Collateral Interest Holder of the Loan 
           Agreement have been obtained or made and are in full force and 
           effect; and

                 (4)  such other customary matters as the Representative 
           shall request.

      (i)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is 
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not 
have been any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in 
or affecting the business or properties of the Trust or Transferor the 
effect of which, in any case referred to above, is, in the judgment of the 
Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or 
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Class A 
Certificates as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus (and any supplements thereto).

      (j)  Simultaneously with or prior to the Closing Date, $29,750,000 
aggregate initial principal amount of the Class B Certificates shall have 
been sold to the Class B Underwriters.

      Transferor will provide or cause to be provided to the Underwriters 
such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents 
as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

      Section 7.  Indemnification and Contribution. (a)  Transferor will 
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Person who controls 
any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act against any 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the 
Underwriters or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or 
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or 
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the 
Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement 
thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are 
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter and each Person 
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act for 
any actual legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Underwriter 
in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, 
liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that 
Transferor will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such 
loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission 
from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to Transferor by any Underwriter specifically for use 
therein.

     (b)  Each Underwriter, severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Transferor against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which
Transferor may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar
as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact 
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such 
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission 
was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished 
to Transferor by such Underwriter specifically for use therein, and will 
reimburse any actual legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by 
Transferor in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, 
claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

      (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this 
Section of notice of the commencement of any action or the assertion by a 
third party of a claim, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect 
thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) 
or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; 
but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it 
from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party except and to 
the extent of any prejudice to such indemnifying party arising from such 
failure to provide such notice. In case any such action is brought against 
any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the 
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to 
participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any 
other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, 
with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall 
not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the 
indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such 
indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the 
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this 
Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such 
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than 
reasonable costs of investigation.  No indemnifying party shall, without the 
prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of 
any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party 
is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought 
hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an 
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any 
claims that are the subject matter of such action.

      (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is 
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under 
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute 
to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) 
above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative 
benefits received by Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the 
other from the offering of the Class A Certificates or (ii) if the 
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, 
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative 
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of 
Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection 
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable 
considerations. The relative benefits received by Transferor on the one 
hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same 
proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Class A 
Certificates (before deducting expenses) received by Transferor bear to the 
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. 
The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by Transferor or the Underwriters and the parties' 
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to 
correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an 
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities 
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to 
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified 
party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim 
which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions 
of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any 
amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the Class A 
Certificates purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. No Person guilty of 
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was 
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

      (e)  The obligations of Transferor under this Section shall be in 
addition to any liability that Transferor may otherwise have and shall 
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each Person, if any, who 
controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the 
obligations of any Underwriter under this Section shall be in addition to 
any liability that such Underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, 
upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of Transferor, to each 
officer of Transferor who signed the Registration Statement and to each 
Person, if any, who controls Transferor within the meaning of the 
Securities Act.

      Section 8.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations. The 
respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other 
statements of Transferor or its officers and of the Underwriters set forth 
in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, 
regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof, 
made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, Transferor or any of their 
respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling 
Person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Class A 
Certificates. If for any reason the purchase of the Class A Certificates by 
the Underwriters is not consummated, Transferor shall remain responsible 
for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by Transferor pursuant to Section 
5(g) hereof and the respective obligations of Transferor and the 
Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall remain in effect. If the 
purchase of the Class A Certificates by the Underwriters is not consummated 
for any reason other than solely because of the occurrence of any event 
specified in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 6(c) hereof, Transferor 
will reimburse the Underwriters for all actual out-of-pocket expenses 
(including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them 
in connection with the offering of the Class A Certificates.

      Section 9.  Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more 
Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Class A 
Certificates agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters 
hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the 
performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining 
Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the 
respective proportions which the amount of Class A Certificates set forth 
opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of 
Class A Certificates set forth opposite the names of all the remaining 
Underwriters) the Class A Certificates which the defaulting Underwriter or 
Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the 
event that the aggregate amount of Class A Certificates which the 
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall 
exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Class A Certificates set 
forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right 
to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of 
the Class A Certificates, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not 
purchase all the Class A Certificates, this Agreement will terminate 
without liability to any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Trust or 
Transferor. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in 
this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not 
exceeding seven days, as the Underwriters shall determine in order that the 
required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any 
supplements thereto) or in any other documents or arrangements may be 
effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting 
Underwriter of its liability, if any, to Transferor and any nondefaulting 
Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

      Section 10.  Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing 
and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed 
and confirmed to them c/o CS First Boston Corporation, Attention: 
Investment Banking Department - Transactions Advisory Group; or if sent to 
Transferor will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 
World Financial Network National Bank, 4590 East Broad Street, Columbus, 
Ohio 43213, Attention: Dan Groomes (facsimile no. 614/755-3418).

      Section 11.  Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of 
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and 
the officers and directors and controlling Persons referred to in Section 7 
hereof, and no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

      Section 12.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any 
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to  be an original, 
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same 
Agreement.

      Section 13.  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without 
regard to any otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

      Section 14.  Miscellaneous. Neither this Agreement nor any term 
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by 
an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of 
the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. The headings in 
this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or 
otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

      Section 15.  Representative. The Representative will act for the 
several Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the transactions 
contemplated hereby and any action under this Agreement taken by the 
Representative will be binding upon all the Underwriters. 

      If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our 
agreement, kindly sign and return to us one of the counterparts duplicate 
hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between Transferor and 
the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                   WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK 
                                   NATIONAL BANK


                                   By:_____________________________________
                                        Name:       Dan Groomes
                                        Title:      Vice President and
                                            Chief Financial Officer



The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
  is hereby confirmed and accepted,
  as of the date first above written:

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION



By:_____________________________________                                   
      Name:      
      Title:     

For itself and the other
  Underwriters named in Schedule I
  to the foregoing Underwriting
  Agreement. 



  
                               Schedule 1



                                                    Principal Amount of 
   Class A Underwriters                             Class A Certificates
   --------------------                             ---------------------

CS First Boston Corporation..............................$56,700,000    

Chase Securities Inc.....................................$56,700,000    

Citicorp Securities, Inc.................................$56,700,000    

Goldman, Sachs & Co......................................$56,700,000    

J.P. Morgan & Co.........................................$56,700,000    

<PAGE>
                               $29,750,000
            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                       7.20% CLASS B ASSET BACKED 
                       CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-B



              CLASS B UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT, SERIES 1996-B
              ---------------------------------------------

                                                          April 25, 1996

CS First Boston Corporation, 
  as Representative of the
  Several Underwriters

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Section 1.   Introductory. World Financial Network National Bank, a 
national banking association ("Transferor"), has conveyed and proposes to 
convey the Receivables arising from certain consumer revolving credit card 
accounts and other rights to the World Financial Network Card Master Trust 
(the "Trust"), and proposes to cause the Trust to sell to the Underwriters 
named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom you are acting as 
representative (the "Representative"), $29,750,000 aggregate initial 
principal amount of 7.20% Class B Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B 
(the "Class B Certificates"), in the Trust. It is understood that 
Transferor is currently entering into a Class A Underwriting Agreement 
dated the date hereof (the "Class A Underwriting Agreement") among 
Transferor and the Underwriters named on Schedule I thereto (the "Class A 
Underwriters") providing for the sale of $283,500,000 aggregate initial 
principal amount of 6.95% Class A Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B 
(the "Class A Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and the Class B 
Certificates are referred to herein collectively as the "Certificates".  
This Agreement and the Class A Underwriting Agreement are referred to 
herein collectively as the "Underwriting Agreements". 

      The Receivables were conveyed by Transferor to the Trust pursuant to 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 17, 1996 (the 
"P&S") between Transferor, as Transferor and Servicer, and The Bank of New 
York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Certificates will be issued 
pursuant to the P&S and the Series 1996-B Supplement to the P&S, dated as 
of May 9, 1996 (the "Supplement"), between the same parties. The P&S and 
the Supplement are referred to herein collectively as the "Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement".  In addition, Transferor, Servicer, Trustee and a 
financial institution identified therein (the "Collateral Interest 
Holder"), will enter into a Loan Agreement dated as of May 9, 1996 (the 
"Loan Agreement") pursuant to which the Collateral Interest Holder will 
acquire $36,750,000 aggregate initial principal amount of the Collateral 
Interest (the "Collateral Interest"), which will act as Enhancement for the 
Certificates.  Additional Enhancement for the Certificates will be provided 
in the form of the Cash Collateral Account, as described in the Supplement.

      Capitalized terms used herein (including in the Introductory hereto) 
that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in 
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Section 2.   Representations and Warranties of Transferor. 
(a)Transferor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter 
as set forth in this Section 2. Certain terms used in this Section 2 are 
defined in paragraph (i) below.

           (i)  Transferor meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under 
      the Securities Act and has filed with the Securities and Exchange 
      Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement (Registration 
      No. 333-998) and a related preliminary prospectus, on such Form for 
      the registration under the Securities Act, of the Certificates. 
      Transferor may have filed one or more amendments thereto and the 
      related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been 
      furnished to the Representative.  Transferor will file with the 
      Commission (A) prior to the effectiveness of such registration 
      statement, a further amendment thereto (including the form of final 
      base prospectus and the form of final prospectus supplement relating 
      to the Class B Certificates) or (B) after effectiveness of such 
      registration statement, a final base prospectus and final prospectus 
      supplement in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) under 
      the Securities Act or (C) a final base prospectus and a final 
      prospectus supplement relating to the Class B Certificates in 
      accordance with Rules 415 and 424(b)(2) or (5) under the Securities 
      Act. In the case of clause (B), Transferor has included in such 
      registration statement, as amended at the Effective Date, all 
      information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 
      Securities Act and the rules thereunder to be included in the 
      Prospectus with respect to the Class B Certificates and the offering 
      thereof. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus 
      supplement, or such final base prospectus or final prospectus 
      supplement, shall include all Rule 430A Information, together with 
      all other such required information, with respect to the Class B 
      Certificates and the offering thereof and, except to the extent the 
      Underwriters shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in 
      all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representative 
      prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the 
      Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional 
      information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest 
      preliminary prospectus which has previously been furnished to the 
      Representative) as Transferor has advised the Representative, prior 
      to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein. If the 
      Registration Statement contains the undertakings specified by item 
      512(a) of Regulation S-K, the Registration Statement, at the 
      Execution Time, meets the requirements set forth in Rule 
      415(a)(1)(x).

           The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, have the 
      meanings indicated. The term "Effective Date" means each date that 
      the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or 
      amendments thereto became or become effective. "Execution Time" means 
      the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by 
      the parties hereto. "Preliminary Prospectus" means any preliminary 
      prospectus referred to in the preceding paragraph and any preliminary 
      prospectus included in the Registration Statement which, at the 
      Effective Date, omits Rule 430A Information. "Base Prospectus" means 
      the prospectus referred to above contained in the Registration 
      Statement at the Effective Date.  "Prospectus" means the prospectus 
      supplement relating to the Class B Certificates that is first filed 
      with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time, 
      together with the Base Prospectus (as such Base Prospectus may have 
      been amended and together with any supplements thereto) or, if no 
      filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required, means the prospectus 
      supplement relating to the Class B Certificates, including the Base 
      Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective 
      Date.  "Registration Statement" means the registration statement 
      referred to in the preceding paragraph and any registration statement 
      required to be filed under the Securities Act or rules thereunder, 
      including incorporated documents, exhibits and financial statements, 
      in the form in which it has or shall become effective and, in the 
      event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to 
      the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so 
      amended. Such term shall include Rule 430A Information deemed to be 
      included therein at the Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A. 
      "Rule 424", "Rule 430A", "Rule 415" and "Regulation S-K" refer to 
      such rules or regulations under the Securities Act. "Rule 430A 
      Information" means information with respect to the Class B 
      Certificates and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from 
      the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 
      430A. Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, the Base 
      Prospectus or Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the 
      documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of 
      Form S-3 which were filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
      as amended (the "Exchange Act"), on or before the Effective Date of 
      the Registration Statement or the issue date of the Base Prospectus 
      or Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference herein to the 
      terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the 
      Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus or Prospectus shall be 
      deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the 
      Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, 
      or the issue date of the Base Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case 
      may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

           (ii)  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or 
      will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements 
      of the Securities Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date 
      and when the Prospectus is first filed (if required) in accordance 
      with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus (as amended 
      and together with any supplements thereto) did or will comply in all 
      material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities 
      Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date, the Registration 
      Statement did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a 
      material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be 
      stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein 
      not misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not 
      filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on the date 
      of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the 
      Prospectus (as amended and together with any supplements thereto) 
      will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
      state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements 
      therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
      not misleading; provided, however, that Transferor makes no 
      representations or warranties as to the information contained in or 
      omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any 
      supplements thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with 
      information furnished in writing to Transferor by any Underwriter 
      specifically for use in connection with the preparation of the 
      Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplements 
      thereto).

           (iii)  Transferor is a national banking association duly 
      organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of 
      the United States, and has all requisite power, authority and legal 
      right to own its properties and conduct its business as described in 
      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and to execute, deliver 
      and perform the Underwriting Agreements, the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement and the Loan Agreement (collectively the "Specified 
      Agreements"), to authorize the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and to consummate the transactions contemplated 
      hereby.

           (iv)  Transferor is duly qualified to do business and is in good 
      standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required 
      in order to conduct its business, and has obtained all necessary 
      licenses and approvals with respect to Transferor required under 
      Federal and Ohio law.

           (v)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the consummation of the transactions 
      contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized 
      by all necessary action or proceedings.

           (vi)  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by 
      Transferor.

           (vii)  Transferor has authorized the conveyance of the 
      Receivables to the Trust, and Transferor has authorized the Trust to 
      issue and sell the Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

           (viii)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and 
      thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the 
      terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or 
      lapse of time or both) a default under, or (other than the Lien of 
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) result in the creation or 
      imposition of any Lien under any material indenture, contract, 
      agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which 
      Transferor is a party or by which it or any of its properties are 
      bound.

           (ix)  The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of 
      the Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and 
      thereof, will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law 
      applicable to Transferor.

           (x)  There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to 
      the best knowledge of Transferor, threatened against Transferor 
      before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, arbitrator 
      or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (A) asserting the 
      invalidity of any Specified Agreement or the Certificates or the 
      Collateral Interest, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the 
      Certificates or the Collateral Interest or the consummation of any of 
      the transactions contemplated by the Specified Agreements, (C) 
      seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment 
      of Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the performance 
      by Transferor of its obligations under any Specified Agreement, (D) 
      seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and 
      adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any Specified 
      Agreements or the Certificates or the Collateral Interest, or (E) 
      seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust, 
      as described in the Prospectus under the heading "U.S. Federal Income 
      Tax Considerations"; and there are no contracts or documents of 
      Transferor that are required to be filed as exhibits to the 
      Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the rules and 
      regulations of the Commissioner promulgated under the Securities Act 
      (the "Rules and Regulations") that have not been so filed.

           (xi)  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders and other 
      actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official 
      required in connection with the execution and delivery of the 
      Specified Agreements, the issuance of the Certificates and the 
      Collateral Interest and the performance of the transactions 
      contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms 
      hereof and thereof, have been obtained.

           (xii)  Transferor has delivered to the Representative complete 
      and correct copies of publicly available portions of the Consolidated 
      Reports of Condition and Income of Transferor for the years ended 
      December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, as submitted to the Comptroller of 
      the Currency.  Except as otherwise set forth therein, during the 
      period from the most recent date covered by the aforementioned 
      reports to the date hereof, (x) there has been no material adverse 
      change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Transferor and 
      (y) there have been no transactions entered into by Transferor, other 
      than those in the ordinary course of business or that are disclosed 
      in the Prospectus, that are material with respect to Transferor. 

           (xiii)  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges in 
      connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the 
      Specified  Agreements and the Certificates and the Collateral 
      Interest shall have been paid by Transferor or will be paid by 
      Transferor at or prior to the Closing Date to the extent then due.

           (xiv)  The Certificates and the Collateral Interest have been 
      duly and validly authorized. The Certificates, when validly 
      authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the Pooling 
      and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as provided 
      herein and to the Class A Underwriters pursuant to the Class A 
      Underwriting Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and 
      outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement, and, together with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
      the Loan Agreement and the Collateral Interest will conform in all 
      material respects to the descriptions thereof and the statements in 
      relation thereto contained in the Prospectus.

           (xv)  Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery 
      thereof by the other parties thereto, the Pooling and Servicing 
      Agreement and the Loan Agreement constitute and the Certificates and 
      the Collateral Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the 
      Certificates, validly authenticated and delivered in accordance with 
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters as 
      provided herein and to the Class A Underwriters pursuant to the Class 
      A Underwriting Agreement will constitute, the legal, valid and 
      binding agreement of Transferor enforceable in accordance with its 
      respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited 
      by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other 
      similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and 
      by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such 
      enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

           (xvi)  On the Closing Date and after giving effect to this 
      Agreement, the Underwriters and the Class A Underwriters will have 
      good and marketable title to the Certificates, free and clear of all 
      Liens when validly authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance 
      with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the Underwriters 
      as provided herein and to the Class A Underwriters pursuant to the 
      Class A Underwriting Agreement.

           (xvii)  At the time of each transfer of Receivables by 
      Transferor to the Trust, Transferor has had and will have good and 
      marketable title to all Receivables and the other property being 
      transferred by it to the Trust on each such day, free and clear of 
      Liens (other than the Lien of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), 
      and will not have sold to any Person (other than the Trustee) any of 
      its right, title or interest in any of such Receivables or such other 
      property.

           (xviii)  Neither Transferor nor the Trust is an "investment 
      company" or "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are 
      defined in the Investment Company Act.

           (xix)  As of the Closing Date each of the representations and 
      warranties of Transferor deemed made pursuant to the Pooling and 
      Servicing Agreement will be true and correct, and, as of each other 
      date on which Transferor is deemed, pursuant to the terms of the 
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to make any of the representations 
      and warranties set forth therein, and in Officer's Certificates of 
      Transferor delivered on each such date pursuant to the Pooling and 
      Servicing Agreement, will be true and correct and the Underwriters 
      may rely on such representations and warranties as if they were set 
      forth herein in full. 

      (b)  Any Officer's Certificate signed by any officer of Transferor 
and delivered to the Representative or its counsel shall be deemed a 
representation and warranty of Transferor to the Underwriters as to the 
matters covered thereby.

      Section 3.  Purchase and Sale. On the basis of the representations, 
warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and 
conditions herein set forth, Transferor agrees to cause the Trust to sell 
to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not 
jointly, except as set forth in Section 9 below, to purchase the respective 
initial principal amount of Class B Certificates set forth opposite such 
Underwriter's name in Schedule I hereto, at a purchase price of 99.228125% 
of the aggregate principal amount thereof. 

      The Class B Certificates will initially be represented by one or more 
certificates representing $29,750,000 aggregate initial principal amount, 
each of which will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of 
The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") (such certificates, the "DTC 
Certificates"). The interests of beneficial owners of the DTC Certificates 
will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and participating 
members thereof. Definitive certificates evidencing the Class B 
Certificates will be available only under the limited circumstances 
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      Delivery of the DTC Certificates shall be made to the accounts of the 
several Underwriters at the office of DTC, 55 Water Street, 49th Floor, New 
York, New York 10004, against payment by the several Underwriters of the 
purchase price therefor to or upon the order of Transferor in immediately 
available funds at the office of Mayer, Brown & Platt, New York, New York 
at 9:00 a.m., New York time, on May 9, 1996, or at such other time not 
later than seven full business days thereafter as Transferor and the 
Underwriters determine, such time being herein referred to as the "Closing 
Date".  The certificates evidencing the DTC Certificates will be made 
available for checking at the offices of Mayer, Brown & Platt in Chicago, 
Illinois or such other location specified by Transferor at least 24 hours 
prior to the Closing Date.

      Section 4.  Offering by the Underwriters. (a) It is understood that 
the Underwriters propose to offer the Class B Certificates for sale to the 
public as set forth in the Prospectus.

      (b)  Each Underwriter agrees that if it is a foreign broker dealer 
not eligible for membership in the National Association of Securities 
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), it will not effect any transaction in the Class 
B Certificates within the United States or induce or attempt to induce the 
purchase of or sale of the Class B Certificates within the United States, 
except that it shall be permitted to make sales to other Underwriters or to 
its United States affiliates; provided that such sales are made in 
compliance with an exemption of certain foreign brokers or dealers under 
Rule 15a-6 under the Exchange Act and in conformity with the Rules of Fair 
Practice of the NASD as such Rules apply to non-NASD brokers or dealers.

      (c)  Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) it has not 
offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of the period of six months from 
the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any Class B Certificates to 
Persons in the United Kingdom except to Persons whose ordinary activities 
involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments 
(as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise 
in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the 
United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities 
Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable 
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 of the United Kingdom with 
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Class B Certificates in, 
from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; (iii) it has only issued or 
passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document 
received by it in connection with the issue of the Class B Certificates to 
a Person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial 
Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 of 
the United Kingdom or is a Person to whom the document may otherwise 
lawfully be issued or passed on.

      Section 5.  Certain Agreements of Transferor. Transferor covenants 
and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

      (a)  Transferor will use its best efforts to cause the Registration 
Statement, and any amendment thereto, if not effective at the Execution 
Time, to become effective. If the Registration Statement has become or 
becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is 
otherwise required under Rule 424(b), Transferor will file the Prospectus, 
properly completed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the time period 
prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of 
such timely filing. Transferor will promptly advise the Underwriters (i) 
when the Registration Statement, and any amendment thereto, shall have 
become effective, (ii) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, 
shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), (iii) of 
any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the 
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, 
(iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threat of 
any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by Transferor of any 
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the 
Class B Certificates for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or 
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. Transferor will not file 
any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus 
unless a copy has been furnished to the Representative for its review prior 
to such filing. Transferor will use its best efforts to prevent the 
issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as 
possible the lifting thereof.

      (b)  If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Class B 
Certificates is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any 
event occurs as a result of which such Prospectus as then amended or 
supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in 
light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if 
it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement such Prospectus to 
comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the Rules and 
Regulations thereunder, Transferor promptly will prepare and file with the 
Commission an amendment or supplement that will effect such compliance. 
Neither the consent of any Underwriter to, nor the delivery by any 
Underwriter of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver 
of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof.

      (c)  As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date 
(as defined below), Transferor will cause the Trustee to make generally 
available to the Holders of the Class B Certificates and to the 
Representative an earnings statement with respect to the Trust covering a 
period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date that will 
satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 
under the Securities Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, 
"Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal 
quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date, 
except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of 
Transferor's fiscal year, "Availability Date" means the 90th day after the 
end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

      (d)  Transferor will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the 
Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (in 
each case at least two of which will be signed and will include all 
exhibits), each related Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all 
amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as 
available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may reasonably 
request.  Transferor will furnish or cause to be furnished to the 
Representative copies of all reports on Form SR required by Rule 463 under 
the Securities Act.

      (e)  Transferor will arrange for the qualification of the Class B 
Certificates for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United 
States as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and will continue such 
qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the 
Class B Certificates, provided that Transferor shall not be obligated to 
qualify to do business nor become subject to service of process generally, 
but only to the extent required for such qualification, in any jurisdiction 
in which it is not currently so qualified, and will arrange for the 
determination of the legality of the Class B Certificates for purchase by 
institutional investors.

      (f)  So long as any of the Class B Certificates are outstanding, 
Transferor will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Underwriters (i) 
copies of each report mailed to the Trustee or the Series 1996-B Holders, 
as soon as such report is mailed to the Trustee or such Holders, (ii) the 
annual statement as to compliance and the annual statement of a firm of 
independent public accountants furnished to the Trustee pursuant to 
Sections 3.5 and 3.6 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as soon as 
such statements are furnished to the Trustee, (iii) copies of all documents 
required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or 
any order of the Commission thereunder, and (iv) such other information 
concerning Transferor, the Certificates or the Trust as the Underwriters 
may reasonably request from time to time.

      (g)  Transferor will pay all expenses incident to the performance of 
its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, (i) 
expenses of preparing, printing, reproducing and distributing the 
Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, the preliminary 
prospectuses, the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements 
thereto), the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the 
Class B Certificates, (ii) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and 
its counsel, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public 
accountants of Transferor and fees and disbursements of counsel to 
Transferor and the Underwriters, (iv) the fees charged by Moody's Investors 
Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of 
The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's") and Fitch Investors 
Service, L.P. ("Fitch", and together with Moody's and Standard & Poor's, 
the "Rating Agencies") in connection with the rating of the Class B 
Certificates, (v) the fees of DTC in connection with the book-entry 
registration of the DTC Certificate, (vi) the fees and expenses of Mayer, 
Brown & Platt as counsel to the Transferor and in its role as special 
Federal tax counsel and (vii) expenses incurred in distributing preliminary 
prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements 
thereto) to the Underwriters, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any 
expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred 
by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof in connection with the 
qualification of the Class B Certificates for sale and determination of 
their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in 
the United States as the Underwriters may designate. 

      (h)  Transferor has caused and will continue to cause its books and 
records (including any computer records) to be marked relating to the 
Receivables transferred to the Trust, to show the transfer to the Trust of 
such Receivables, and Transferor shall not take any action inconsistent 
with the transfer to the Trust of such Receivables, other than as permitted 
by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      (i)  For a period of 30 days from the date hereof, none of Transferor 
or any of its affiliates or any trust formed by it or any of its affiliates 
will, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, directly or 
indirectly, offer, sell or contract to sell or announce the offering of, in 
a public or private transaction, any other collateralized securities 
similar to the Class B Certificates (other than the Class A Certificates 
and the Class A Certificates, Series 1996-A and Class B Certificates, 
Series 1996-A) representing interests in consumer credit card receivables.

      (j)  So long as any Class B Certificates are outstanding, Transferor 
will cause to be delivered to the Underwriters a reliance letter relating 
to each Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee or any Rating Agency by 
counsel to Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement at 
the time such opinion is delivered.

      (k)  To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with respect to 
the Class B Certificates by any Rating Agency is conditional upon the 
furnishing of documents or the taking of any other actions by Transferor, 
Transferor shall furnish such documents and take any such other actions as 
may be required.

      Section 6.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The 
obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Class B 
Certificates will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and 
warranties on the part of Transferor herein as of the Execution Time and 
the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the officers of 
Transferor made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by 
Transferor of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional 
conditions precedent:

      (a)  (i) On the date of this Agreement, the Underwriters and 
Transferor shall have received a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof 
(which, if the Effective Time is prior to the execution and delivery of 
this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if 
the Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this 
Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective 
amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior to the 
Effective Time), of Coopers & Lybrand confirming that they are independent 
public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules 
and Regulations, substantially in the form of the draft to which the 
Underwriters have previously agreed and otherwise in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and (ii) 
on the Closing Date, the Underwriters and Transferor shall have received a 
letter, dated as of the Closing Date, from Coopers & Lybrand updating the 
letter referred to in clause (i) above, in form and substance satisfactory 
to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters.

      (b)  If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to 
the Execution Time, unless the Underwriters agree in writing to a later 
time, the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 
10:00 p.m. New York time on the date of this Agreement; if filing of the 
Prospectus, or any supplements thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 
424(b), the Prospectus shall have been filed in the manner and within the 
time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no 
proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

      (c)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, 
there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development involving 
a prospective change, in or affecting particularly the business or 
properties of Transferor which, in the judgment of the Underwriters 
materially impairs the investment quality of the Class B Certificates; (ii) 
any suspension or limitation of trading in securities generally on the New 
York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such 
exchange, or any suspension of trading of any securities of Transferor on 
any exchange or in the over the counter market; (iii) any banking 
moratorium declared by Federal, New York or Delaware authorities; or (iv) 
any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in which the United States 
is involved, any declaration of war by Congress or any other substantial 
national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the 
Underwriters, the effect of any such outbreak, escalation, declaration, 
calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with 
completion of the sale of and payment for the Class B Certificates.

      (d)  The Representative shall have received:

      (1)  The favorable opinion or opinions of internal counsel of 
      Transferor and/or of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel to Transferor, 
      dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the 
      Representative and its counsel, and in the aggregate substantially to 
      the effect that:

                 (i)  Transferor has been duly organized as an association 
           licensed as a national banking association and is validly 
           existing and in good standing under the laws of the United 
           States, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing 
           under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such 
           qualification wherein it owns or leases material properties or 
           conducts material business, and has full power and authority to 
           own its properties, to conduct its business as described in the 
           Registration Statement and the Prospectus, to enter into and 
           perform its obligations under the Specified Agreements, to 
           execute the Certificates and to consummate the transactions 
           contemplated hereby and thereby;

                 (ii)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, this Agreement, 
           the Class A Underwriting Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the 
           Certificates have each been duly authorized, executed and 
           delivered by Transferor; the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and 
           the Loan Agreement constitute and the Certificates and the 
           Collateral Interest, when validly issued and, in the case of the 
           Certificates validly authenticated and delivered in accordance 
           with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and sold to the 
           Underwriters as provided herein and to the Class A Underwriters 
           pursuant to the Class A Underwriting Agreement, will constitute, 
           the legal, valid and binding agreement of Transferor, 
           enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to 
           enforcement or remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, 
           reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting 
           creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to 
           the application of general principles of equity);

                 (iii)  the Certificates are in due and proper form and 
           when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement, when delivered against payment 
           of the consideration specified herein, will be duly and validly 
           issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Collateral Interest;

                 (iv)  neither the execution and delivery of the Specified 
           Agreements, nor the issuance or delivery of the Certificates, 
           nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated 
           herein or therein, nor the fulfillment of the terms of the 
           Certificates or the Specified Agreements, will conflict with or 
           violate, result in a material breach of or constitute a default 
           under (A) any Requirements of Law applicable to Transferor or 
           any statute or regulation currently applicable to the Trust, (B) 
           any term or provision of any order known to such counsel to be 
           currently applicable to Transferor or the Trust of any court, 
           regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body 
           having jurisdiction over Transferor or the Trust, as the case 
           may be, or (C) any term or provision of any indenture or other 
           agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which 
           Transferor or the Trust is a party or by which either of them or 
           any of their properties are bound;

                 (v)  except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus (and 
           any supplements thereto) or the Registration Statement, there is 
           no pending or, to the best knowledge of such counsel, threatened 
           action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental 
           agency, authority or body or any arbitrator with respect to the 
           Trust, the Certificates, the Specified Agreements or any of the 
           transactions contemplated herein or therein or with respect to 
           Transferor which, in the case of any such action, suit or 
           proceeding with respect to Transferor if adversely determined, 
           would have a material adverse effect on the Certificates or the 
           Trust or upon the ability of Transferor to perform its 
           obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the 
           Loan Agreement; and the statements included in the Registration 
           Statement, the Base Prospectus and the Prospectus describing 
           statutes, legal proceedings, contracts and other documents 
           relating to Transferor, the Accounts, the Receivables, the 
           business of Transferor and the Trust fairly summarize the 
           matters therein described;

                 (vi)  the Registration Statement has become effective 
           under the Securities Act, and, to the best of their knowledge 
           and information, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of 
           the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings 
           for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or 
           contemplated under the Securities Act, and the Registration 
           Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement 
           thereto, as of their respective effective or issue dates, 
           complied as to form in all material respects with the 
           requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and 
           Regulations. Such counsel has no reason to believe that at the 
           Effective Date the Registration Statement contained any untrue 
           statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material 
           fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
           statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus 
           includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to 
           state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, 
           in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
           misleading (other than financial and statistical information 
           contained therein as to which such counsel need express no 
           opinion);

                 (vii)  no approval, authorization, consent, order, 
           registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or 
           with any court or governmental agency or body is required for 
           the consummation by Transferor or the Trust of the transactions 
           contemplated in the Specified Agreements, except such as have 
           been obtained under the Securities Act and such as may be 
           required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction inside the 
           United States in connection with the purchase and distribution 
           of the Class B Certificates by the Underwriters and such filings 
           or other approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been made 
           or obtained;

                 (viii)  if a court concludes that the assignment of the 
           Receivables, all documents and instruments relating thereto and 
           all proceeds thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and 
           Servicing Agreement is a sale, such assignment transferred to 
           the Trust all the right, title and interest of Transferor in and 
           to such Receivables and other property in existence on the date 
           hereof, free and clear of any Liens then existing or thereafter 
           created except as specifically permitted pursuant to the Pooling 
           and Servicing Agreement. With respect to Receivables which come 
           into existence after the date hereof, such sale will transfer to 
           the Trust all of the right, title and interest of Transferor in 
           and to such Receivables free and clear of any Liens. If a court 
           were to conclude that such assignment was not a sale, the 
           Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the transactions provided 
           for by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement would constitute a 
           grant by Transferor to the Trustee, for the benefit of the 
           Investor Holders, of a valid security interest in all of 
           Transferor's right, title and interest in all Receivables and 
           other property from time to time transferred by Transferor to 
           the Trust;

                 (ix)  the Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing 
           Agreement and the Loan Agreement each conform in all material 
           respects with the description thereof contained in the 
           Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

                 (x)  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is not required 
           to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as 
           amended, and neither Transferor nor the Trust is required to be 
           registered under the Investment Company Act; and

                 (xi)  the statements in the Registration Statement under 
           the heading "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables", "U.S. 
           Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "ERISA Considerations" to 
           the extent that they constitute statements of matters of law or 
           legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been prepared or 
           received by such counsel and are correct in all material 
           respects.

      In rendering such opinion counsel may rely (A) as to matters 
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States 
of Ohio and New York and the United States, to the extent deemed proper and 
stated in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing 
believed by such counsel to be reliable and acceptable to the 
Representative and its counsel, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the 
extent deemed proper and as stated therein, on certificates of responsible 
officers of the Trust, Transferor and public officials. References to the 
Prospectus in this paragraph (d) include any supplements thereto.

           (2)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, special tax 
      counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date and to the effect that 
      (i) the Certificates will properly be treated as indebtedness for 
      federal income tax purposes and (ii) the Trust will not be classified 
      as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a 
      corporation for federal income tax purposes.

           (3)  The favorable opinion of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, 
      special Ohio counsel to Transferor, dated the Closing Date and 
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and its 
      counsel, and substantially to the effect that:

                 (i)  the Receivables constitute either "general 
           intangibles" or "accounts" in each case as defined in the 
           Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of Ohio;

                 (ii)  Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with 
           respect to the Investor Interest in the Receivables and the 
           proceeds thereof have been filed in the office of the Ohio 
           Secretary of State. No other filings or other actions, with 
           respect to the Trustee's interest in the Receivables transferred 
           and to be transferred by Transferor to the Trust, are necessary 
           to perfect the interest of the Trustee in the Receivables, and 
           the proceeds thereof, against third parties, except that 
           appropriate continuation statements must be filed at five-year 
           intervals;

                 (iii)  in the event that a court were to conclude that the 
           assignment of the Receivables, all documents and instruments 
           relating thereto and all proceeds thereof to the Trustee 
           pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement was not a sale, 
           the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, together with the filing of 
           the financing statements referred to in paragraph (ii) above, 
           create a first priority perfected security interest in the 
           Receivables transferred and to be transferred by Transferor to 
           the Trustee, all documents and instruments relating thereto and 
           all proceeds thereof (in rendering such opinion counsel may take 
           such exceptions as are appropriate and reasonably acceptable 
           under the circumstances); and

                 (iv)  the Trust as an entity will not be subject to the 
           corporation franchise tax or to the dealers in intangibles tax 
           imposed on corporations, financial institutions or dealers in 
           intangibles by Ohio Revised Code Chapters 5733 or 5725, and for 
           purposes of the corporation franchise tax and the dealers in 
           intangibles tax imposed by Ohio Revised Code Chapters 5733 and 
           5725, respectively, the Certificates will be treated as 
           indebtedness.

           (4)  Any reliance letters relating to each opinion rendered to 
      the Trustee or any Rating Agency by internal counsel of Transferor 
      and Mayer, Brown & Platt and any other counsel to Transferor in 
      connection with the rating of the Certificates.

           (5)  The favorable opinion of counsel to the Trustee, dated the 
      Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the 
      Representative and its counsel to the effect that:

                 (i)  The Trustee has been duly incorporated and is validly 
           existing as a New York banking corporation in good standing 
           under the laws of the State of New York with full power and 
           authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and 
           conduct its business, as presently conducted by it, and to enter 
           into and perform its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing 
           Agreement and the Loan Agreement and to issue the Certificates 
           and the Collateral Interest.

                 (ii)  Each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 
           Loan Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered 
           by the Trustee, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding 
           obligation of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its 
           terms, except that (y) the enforceability thereof may be subject 
           to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other 
           similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' 
           rights and (z) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive 
           and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable 
           defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any 
           proceeding therefor may be brought.

                 (iii)  The Certificates have been duly executed, 
           authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

                 (iv)  Neither the execution and delivery by the Trustee of 
           the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Loan Agreement nor 
           the consummation of any of the transactions by the Trustee 
           contemplated thereby required the consent or approval of, the 
           giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any 
           other action with respect to, any governmental authority or 
           agency under any existing federal or state law governing the 
           banking or trust powers of the Trustee.

                 (v)  The execution and delivery of the Pooling and 
           Servicing Agreement and the Loan Agreement by the Trustee and 
           the performance by the Trustee of their respective terms do not 
           conflict with or result in a violation of (A) any law or 
           regulation of the United States of America or the State of New 
           York governing trust powers of the Trustee, (B) the Articles of 
           Association or By-Laws of the Trustee, or (C) to the best of 
           their knowledge, any indenture, lease, or other material 
           agreement to which the Trustee is a party or to which its assets 
           are subject.

           (6)  The favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for 
      the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the 
      validity of the Class B Certificates and such other related matters 
      as the Underwriters shall request, and Transferor shall have 
      furnished or caused to be furnished to such counsel such documents as 
      they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass 
      upon such matters. In rendering such opinion, Mayer, Brown & Platt 
      may rely on the opinions of Schwartz, Warren & Ramirez, counsel to 
      Transferor, and the opinion of internal counsel of Transferor, as to 
      the matters dealt with in such opinions.

      (e)  The Representative shall have received a certificate dated the 
Closing Date of the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any 
Assistant Treasurer, of Transferor in which such officer shall state that 
the representations and warranties of Transferor in this Agreement are true 
and correct, and that Transferor has complied with all agreements and 
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder 
at or prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness 
of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that 
purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission, and 
subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements of 
Transferor delivered to the Representative hereunder, there has been no 
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, whether 
or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of 
Transferor except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration 
Statement and the Prospectus.

      (f)  The Class B Certificates shall be rated "Aaa" by Moody's and 
"AAA" by Standard & Poor's and "AAA" by Fitch, and the Class B Certificates 
shall be rated "A2" by Moody's and "A" by Standard & Poor's and "A" by 
Fitch.

      (g)  The Representative shall have received evidence satisfactory to 
it and its counsel that, on or before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing 
statements have been filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Ohio 
and County Clerk of Franklin County reflecting the interest of the Trust in 
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

      (h)  The Representative and Transferor shall have received from 
counsel for the Collateral Interest Holder reasonably acceptable to the 
Representative and Transferor, a favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date 
and satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative, its counsel, 
Transferor and its counsel to the effect that:

                 (1)  the Collateral Interest Holder is duly organized and 
           existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and 
           has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its 
           obligations under the Loan Agreement;

                 (2)  the Loan Agreement has been duly and validly 
           authorized, executed and delivered by the Collateral Interest 
           Holder and constitutes the legal, valid and legally binding 
           obligation of the Collateral Interest Holder enforceable against 
           the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with its terms, 
           except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable 
           bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, 
           readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the 
           enforcement of creditors' rights generally, as such laws may be 
           applied in the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency, 
           reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt 
           of, or the appointment of a receiver with respect to the 
           property of, or a similar event applicable to the Collateral 
           Interest Holder, and (B) the effect of any moratorium or other 
           similar occurrence affecting the Collateral Interest Holder;

                 (3)  all consents, approvals, authorizations, licenses, 
           rulings or orders of or actions by any New York State or federal 
           governmental authority and all filings, recordings or 
           publications, if any, required on the part of the Collateral 
           Interest Holder in connection with the execution, delivery or 
           performance by the Collateral Interest Holder of the Loan 
           Agreement have been obtained or made and are in full force and 
           effect; and

                 (4)  such other customary matters as the Representative 
           shall request.

      (i)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is 
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not 
have been any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in 
or affecting the business or properties of the Trust or Transferor the 
effect of which, in any case referred to above, is, in the judgment of the 
Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or 
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Class B 
Certificates as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus (and any supplements thereto).

      (j)  Simultaneously with or prior to the Closing Date, $283,500,000 
aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A Certificates shall have 
been sold to the Class A Underwriters.

      Transferor will provide or cause to be provided to the Underwriters 
such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents 
as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

      Section 7.  Indemnification and Contribution. (a)  Transferor will 
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Person who controls 
any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act against any 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the 
Underwriters or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act or 
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or 
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the 
Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement 
thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are 
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter and each Person 
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act for 
any actual legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Underwriter 
in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, 
liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that 
Transferor will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such 
loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission 
from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to Transferor by any Underwriter specifically for use 
therein.

      (b)  Each Underwriter, severally, agrees to indemnify and hold 
harmless Transferor against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to 
which Transferor may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, 
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in 
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or 
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration 
Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any 
related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the 
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such 
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged 
omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to Transferor by such Underwriter specifically for 
use therein, and will reimburse any actual legal or other expenses 
reasonably incurred by Transferor in connection with investigating or 
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such 
expenses are incurred.

      (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this 
Section of notice of the commencement of any action or the assertion by a 
third party of a claim, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect 
thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) 
or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; 
but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it 
from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party except and to 
the extent of any prejudice to such indemnifying party arising from such 
failure to provide such notice. In case any such action is brought against 
any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the 
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to 
participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any 
other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, 
with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall 
not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the 
indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such 
indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the 
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this 
Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such 
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than 
reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the 
prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of 
any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party 
is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought 
hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an 
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any 
claims that are the subject matter of such action.

      (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is 
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under 
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute 
to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) 
above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative 
benefits received by Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the 
other from the offering of the Class B Certificates or (ii) if the 
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, 
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative 
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of 
Transferor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection 
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable 
considerations. The relative benefits received by Transferor on the one 
hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same 
proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Class B 
Certificates (before deducting expenses) received by Transferor bear to the 
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. 
The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by Transferor or the Underwriters and the parties' 
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to 
correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an 
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities 
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to 
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified 
party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim 
which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions 
of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any 
amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the Class B 
Certificates purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. No Person guilty of 
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was 
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

      (e)  The obligations of Transferor under this Section shall be in 
addition to any liability that Transferor may otherwise have and shall 
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each Person, if any, who 
controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the 
obligations of any Underwriter under this Section shall be in addition to 
any liability that such Underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, 
upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of Transferor, to each 
officer of Transferor who signed the Registration Statement and to each 
Person, if any, who controls Transferor within the meaning of the 
Securities Act.

      Section 8.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations. The 
respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other 
statements of Transferor or its officers and of the Underwriters set forth 
in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, 
regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof, 
made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, Transferor or any of their 
respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling 
Person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Class B 
Certificates. If for any reason the purchase of the Class B Certificates by 
the Underwriters is not consummated, Transferor shall remain responsible 
for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by Transferor pursuant to Section 
5(g) hereof and the respective obligations of Transferor and the 
Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall remain in effect. If the 
purchase of the Class B Certificates by the Underwriters is not consummated 
for any reason other than solely because of the occurrence of any event 
specified in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 6(c) hereof, Transferor 
will reimburse the Underwriters for all actual out-of-pocket expenses 
(including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them 
in connection with the offering of the Class B Certificates.

      Section 9.  Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more 
Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Class B 
Certificates agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters 
hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the 
performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining 
Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the 
respective proportions which the amount of Class B Certificates set forth 
opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of 
Class B Certificates set forth opposite the names of all the remaining 
Underwriters) the Class B Certificates which the defaulting Underwriter or 
Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however, that in the 
event that the aggregate amount of Class B Certificates which the 
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall 
exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Class B Certificates set 
forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right 
to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of 
the Class B Certificates, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not 
purchase all the Class B Certificates, this Agreement will terminate 
without liability to any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Trust or 
Transferor. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in 
this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not 
exceeding seven days, as the Underwriters shall determine in order that the 
required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any 
supplements thereto) or in any other documents or arrangements may be 
effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting 
Underwriter of its liability, if any, to Transferor and any nondefaulting 
Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

      Section 10.  Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing 
and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed 
and confirmed to them c/o CS First Boston Corporation, Attention: 
Investment Banking Department - Transactions Advisory Group; or if sent to 
Transferor will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 
World Financial Network National Bank, 4590 East Broad Street, Columbus, 
Ohio 43213, Attention: Dan Groomes (facsimile no. 614/755-3418).

      Section 11.  Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of 
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and 
the officers and directors and controlling Persons referred to in Section 7 
hereof, and no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

      Section 12.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any 
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to  be an original, 
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same 
Agreement.

      Section 13.  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without 
regard to any otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

      Section 14.  Miscellaneous. Neither this Agreement nor any term 
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by 
an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of 
the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. The headings in 
this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or 
otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

      Section 15.  Representative. The Representative will act for the 
several Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the transactions 
contemplated hereby and any action under this Agreement taken by the 
Representative will be binding upon all the Underwriters. 

      If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our 
agreement, kindly sign and return to us one of the counterparts duplicate 
hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between Transferor and 
the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                                Very truly yours,


                                WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK 
                                NATIONAL BANK


                                By:______________________________________
                                    Name:       Dan Groomes
                                    Title:      Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer



The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
  is hereby confirmed and accepted,
  as of the date first above written:

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION



By:_________________________________________                                   
           
      Name:      
      Title:     

For itself and the other
  Underwriters named in Schedule I
  to the foregoing Underwriting
  Agreement. 



  
                               Schedule 1
                               ----------


                                                    Principal Amount of 
   Class B Underwriter                              Class B Certificates
   -------------------                              --------------------

CS First Boston Corporation..................................$29,750,000



                                                          EXECUTION COPY



- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK

                         Transferor and Servicer

                                   and

                          THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                 Trustee

                    on behalf of the Investor Holders


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        SERIES 1996-A SUPPLEMENT

                         Dated as of May 9, 1996

                                   to

                     POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                      Dated as of January 17, 1996

               ------------------------------------------              

            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST 

                $445,500,000  6.70% Class A Asset-Backed 
                       Certificates, Series 1996-A

                 $46,750,000 7.00% Class B Asset-Backed
                       Certificates, Series 1996-A

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                    Page

SECTION 1.       Designation.........................................  1

SECTION 2.       Definitions.........................................  2

SECTION 3.       Servicing Fee....................................... 18

SECTION 4.       Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and 
                      Termination Provisions......................... 18

SECTION 5.       Delivery and Payment for the Investor 
                      Certificates................................... 19

SECTION 6.       Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor 
                      Certificates................................... 19

SECTION 7.       Article IV of Agreement............................. 20
      SECTION 4.6     Rights of Holders and the 
                           Collateral Interest Holder................ 20
      SECTION 4.7     Allocations.................................... 20
      SECTION 4.8     Determination of Monthly Interest.............. 25
      SECTION 4.9     Determination of Monthly Principal............. 26
      SECTION 4.10    Coverage of Required Amount.................... 27
      SECTION 4.11    Monthly Payments............................... 28
      SECTION 4.12    Investor Charge-Offs........................... 31
      SECTION 4.13    Excess Spread.................................. 33
      SECTION 4.14    Reallocated Principal Collections.............. 35
      SECTION 4.15    Shared Principal Collections; 
                           Amounts Transferred from the 
                           Excess Funding Account to the 
                           Principal Account......................... 36

      SECTION 4.16    Finance Charge Account, Principal 
                           Account and Distribution 
                           Account................................... 37
      SECTION 4.17    Cash Collateral Account........................ 38
      SECTION 4.18    Determination of LIBOR......................... 40
      SECTION 4.19    Transferor's or Servicer's Failure 
                           to Make a Deposit or Payment.............. 40

SECTION 8.       Article V of the Agreement.......................... 40
      SECTION 5.1     Distributions.................................. 40
      SECTION 5.2     Reports........................................ 41

SECTION 9.       Series 1996-A Early Amortization Events............. 42

SECTION 10.      Series 1996-A Termination........................... 44

SECTION 11.      Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees............. 44

SECTION 12.      Limitations on Addition of Approved Portfolios...... 44

SECTION 13.      Counterparts........................................ 44

SECTION 14.      Governing Law....................................... 45

SECTION 15.      Additional Provisions............................... 45

SECTION 16.      No Petition......................................... 47

SECTION 17.      Amendments.......................................... 47


EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-1      Form of Class A Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2      Form of Class B Certificate
EXHIBIT B        Form of Monthly Payment Instructions
                   and Notification to Trustee
EXHIBIT C        Form of Monthly Series 1996-A
                   Holders' Statement

<PAGE>
      SERIES 1996-A SUPPLEMENT, dated as of May 9, 1996 (this "Series 
Supplement"), between WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK, a national 
banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer 
("Servicer"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee ("Trustee"), under the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 between the 
same parties (the "Agreement").

      Section 6.3 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that 
Transferor and Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a 
supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by 
Trustee to Transferor for the execution and redelivery to Trustee for 
authentication of one or more Series of Certificates.

      Pursuant to this Series Supplement, Transferor and the Trust shall 
create a new Series of Investor Certificates and shall specify the 
Principal Terms thereof.

      SECTION I.  Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of 
Investor Certificates to be issued in two classes pursuant to the Agreement 
and this Series Supplement and to be known together as the "Series 1996-A 
Certificates."  The two classes shall be designated the 6.70% Class A 
Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-A (the "Class A Certificates") and 
the 7.00% Class B Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-A (the "Class B 
Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall 
be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2, respectively. In 
addition, there is hereby created a third Class which constitutes an 
uncertificated interest in the Trust, shall be deemed to be an "Investor 
Certificate" for all purposes under the Agreement and this Series 
Supplement, except as expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series 
Supplement, and shall be known as the Collateral Interest, Series 1996-A 
and have the rights assigned to the Collateral Interest in this Series 
Supplement.  The Collateral Interest Holder shall be deemed to be an 
"Investor Holder" for all purposes under the Agreement and this Series 
Supplement, except as expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series 
Supplement.

      (b)  Series 1996-A shall be included in Group One (as defined below). 
Series 1996-A shall not be subordinated to any other Series.

      (c)  The Collateral Interest Holder, as holder of an "Investor 
Certificate" under the Agreement, shall be entitled to the benefits of the 
Agreement and this Series Supplement upon payment by the Collateral 
Interest Holder of amounts owing on the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan 
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as expressly provided 
herein, the provisions of Article VI and Article XII of the Agreement 
relating to the registration, authentication, delivery, presentation, 
cancellation and surrender of Registered Certificates shall not be 
applicable to the Collateral Interest.

      SECTION II.  Definitions. If any term or provision contained herein 
shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the 
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series Supplement shall govern. 
References to any Article or Section are references to Articles or Sections 
of the Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided. All capitalized 
terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement, and the 
interpretive provisions set out in Section 1.2 of the Agreement apply to 
this Series Supplement. Each capitalized term defined herein relates only 
to the Investor Certificates and no other Series of Certificates issued by 
the Trust.

      "Additional Minimum Transferor Amount" means (a) as of any date of 
determination falling in November, December and January of each calendar 
year, the product of (i) 2% and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Principal 
Receivables and (B) amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and 
(b) as of any date of determination falling in any other month, zero; 
provided that the amount specified in clause (a) shall be without 
duplication with the amount specified as the "Additional Minimum Transferor 
Amount" in the Supplement relating to the Series 1996-B Certificates issued 
by the Trust (or in any future Supplement that specifies such an amount and 
indicates that such amount is without duplication of the amount specified 
in clause (a)).  The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is specified 
pursuant to Section 15(c) of this Series Supplement as an additional amount 
to be considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount.

      "Aggregate Investor Default Amount" means, as to any Monthly Period, 
the sum of the Investor Default Amounts in respect of such Monthly Period.

      "Automatic Addition Limitation Event" is defined in Section 15(b) of 
this Series Supplement.

      "Available Cash Collateral Amount" means with respect to any Transfer 
Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral 
Account on such date (before giving effect to any deposit to, or withdrawal 
from the Cash Collateral Account to be made with respect to such date) and 
(b) the Required Enhancement Amount as of the prior Transfer Date.

      "Available Investor Principal Collections" means, as to any Monthly 
Period, an amount equal to (a) the Investor Principal Collections for such 
Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections 
with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to Section 4.14 are 
required to fund the Class A Required Amount and the Class B Required 
Amount (other than any portions thereof that are applied pursuant to (x) 
Section 4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such portions 
pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B Investor 
Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount), which shall, 
without duplication, be included as Available Investor Principal 
Collections), plus (c) the amount of Shared Principal Collections with 
respect to Group One that are allocated to Series 1996-A in accordance with 
Section 4.15(b).

      "Base Rate" means, as to any Monthly Period, the annualized 
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the 
sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest and the 
Collateral Monthly Interest, each for the related Distribution Period, and 
the Servicing Fee with respect to such Monthly Period and the denominator 
of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day 
of such Monthly Period.

      "Cash Collateral Account" is defined in Section 4.17(a).

      "Class A Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).

      "Class A Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an amount 
equal to the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of (a) the 
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor 
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly 
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the 
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant 
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to 
such Section) and (b) the interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral 
Account to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant 
to Section 4.17(b) on the related Transfer Date.

      "Class A Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 6.70%.

      "Class A Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

      "Class A Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(a).

      "Class A Final Scheduled Payment Date" means the July 2001 
Distribution Date.

      "Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period 
following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage 
shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the numerator 
of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of the close of business on the 
last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is equal to 
the numerator used in determining the related Fixed Allocation Percentage; 
provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series and an Early 
Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the 
Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered 
to Trustee and Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that 
such numerator is not less than the Class A Invested Amount (less the 
balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject to being 
treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal 
Collections) as of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired 
Series).

      "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount 
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period 
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the 
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the 
first Monthly Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage means the 
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A 
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial 
Invested Amount.

      "Class A Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class A Certificate 
is registered in the Certificate Register.

      "Class A Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial 
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $445,500,000.

      "Class A Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an 
amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the 
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class A Holders prior to 
such date and minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of 
Class A Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.12(a) over Class A 
Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.13(b) prior to such 
date of determination, minus (d) the amount of any reduction in the Class A 
Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by Transferor and subsequent 
cancellation of the Class A Certificates pursuant to Section 4(d) of this 
Series Supplement; provided that the Class A Invested Amount may not be 
reduced below zero.

      "Class A Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and 
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the 
Revolving Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with 
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization Period 
or Early Amortization Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage.

      "Class A Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(a).

      "Class A Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date, an 
amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount 
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Floating Allocation 
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

      "Class A Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).

      "Class A Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(a).

      "Class A Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(a).

      "Class A Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(a).

      "Class A Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

      "Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date, 
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount for the 
related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage 
applicable for the related Monthly Period.

      "Class B Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).

      "Class B Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an amount 
equal to the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of (a) the 
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor 
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly 
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the 
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant 
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to 
such Section) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account 
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to 
Section 4.17(b) on the related Transfer Date.

      "Class B Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 7.00%.

      "Class B Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

      "Class B Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(b).

      "Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period 
following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage 
shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the numerator 
of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of the close of business on the 
last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is equal to 
the numerator used in determining the related Fixed Allocation Percentage; 
provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series and an Early 
Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the 
Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered 
to Trustee and Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that 
such numerator is not less than the Class B Invested Amount (less, if the 
Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage is zero, the balance on deposit in the 
Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated 
Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not 
subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as 
of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series).

      "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount 
as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period 
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the 
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the 
first Monthly Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage means the 
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B 
Initial Invested Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial 
Invested Amount.

      "Class B Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class B Certificate 
is registered in the Certificate Register.

      "Class B Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial 
principal amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $46,750,000.

      "Class B Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an 
amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the 
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class B Holders prior to 
such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs 
for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(b), minus (d) the 
amount of the Reallocated Class B Principal Collections allocated pursuant 
to Section 4.14(a) on all prior Transfer Dates for which the Collateral 
Interest has not been reduced, minus (e) an amount equal to the amount by 
which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced on all prior Transfer 
Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(a) and plus (f) the aggregate amount of 
Excess Spread allocated and available on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant 
to Section 4.13(d), for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted 
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e), minus (g) the amount of 
any reduction in the Class B Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by 
Transferor and subsequent cancellation of Class B Certificates pursuant to 
Section 4(d) of this Series Supplement; provided that the Class B Invested 
Amount may not be reduced below zero.

      "Class B Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and 
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the 
Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with 
respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization Period 
or Early Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage.

      "Class B Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(b).

      "Class B Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date, an 
amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount 
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Floating Allocation 
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

      "Class B Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).

      "Class B Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(b).

      "Class B Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(b).

      "Class B Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(b).

      "Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the August 2001 Distribution 
Date.

      "Class B Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

      "Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer Date, 
an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount for the 
related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage 
applicable for the related Monthly Period.

      "Closing Date" means May 9, 1996.

      "Collateral Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an 
amount equal to the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum of 
(a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor 
Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly 
Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the 
related Transfer Date with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant 
to Section 4.7(d), before giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to 
such Section) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account 
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to 
Section 4.17(b) on the related Transfer Date.

      "Collateral Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(c).

      "Collateral Default Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date, an amount 
equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount for the 
related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Floating Allocation 
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

      "Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent (which 
percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a fraction, the 
numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as of the close of business 
on the last day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is 
equal to the numerator used in determining the related Fixed Allocation 
Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series 
and an Early Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series 
during the Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by written 
notice delivered to Trustee and Servicer, designate a different numerator 
(provided that such numerator is not less than the Collateral Interest 
(less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and the Class B Fixed 
Allocation Percentage are zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal 
Account that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal 
Collections or Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not subtracted 
in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and/or the Class B 
Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the revolving 
period for such Paired Series).

      "Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as 
of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period 
and the denominator of which is equal to the Invested Amount as of the 
close of business on such last day; provided that, with respect to the 
first Monthly Period, the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage means 
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
Collateral Initial Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial 
Invested Amount.

      "Collateral Initial Interest" means $57,750,000.

      "Collateral Interest" means, on any date of determination, a 
fractional undivided interest in the Trust which shall consist of the right 
to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments to the 
Collateral Interest Holder under this Series Supplement, the portion of 
Collections allocable thereto under the Agreement and this Series 
Supplement, funds on deposit in the Collection Account allocable thereto 
pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement and other amounts to 
be paid in respect thereof as provided in the Agreement and this Series 
Supplement.  On any date, for purposes of all calculations in the Agreement 
and this Series Supplement, the amount of the Collateral Interest shall be 
an amount equal to (a) the Collateral Initial Interest, minus (b) the 
aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Collateral Interest 
Holder prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Collateral 
Charge-Offs for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(c), minus 
(d) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocated pursuant to 
Sections 4.14(a) and (b) on all prior Transfer Dates, minus (e) an amount 
equal to the amount by which the Collateral Interest has been reduced on 
all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Sections 4.12(a) and (b), and plus (f) 
the aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and available on all prior 
Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(h), for the purpose of reimbursing 
amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e); 
provided that the Collateral Interest may not be reduced below zero.

      "Collateral Interest Holder" means the entity so designated in the 
Loan Agreement.

      "Collateral Interest Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of 
this Series Supplement.

      "Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts and 
Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal Receivables during the 
Revolving Period, the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) 
with respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled Amortization 
Period or Early Amortization Period, the Collateral Fixed Allocation 
Percentage.

      "Collateral Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(c).

      "Collateral Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(c).

      "Collateral Rate" means, for any Distribution Period, the rate 
specified in the Loan Agreement; provided that the Collateral Rate shall 
not exceed a per annum rate of 1.1% in excess of LIBOR for such 
Distribution Period for purposes of this Supplement and the Agreement.

      "Collateral Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(c).

      "Collateral Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution Amount 
for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Investor Allocation 
Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

      "Controlled Amortization Amount" means $89,100,000.

      "Controlled Amortization Period" means, unless an Early Amortization 
Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period commencing at the 
beginning of business on February 1, 2001 and ending on the first to occur 
of (a) the Early Amortization Commencement Date and (b) the Series 1996-A 
Termination Date.

      "Controlled Amortization Shortfall" initially means zero and, with 
respect to any Monthly Period during the Controlled Amortization Period, 
means the excess, if any of the Controlled Payment Amount for the previous 
Monthly Period over the amounts distributed pursuant to Section 4.11(e)(i) 
with respect to the Class A Certificates for the previous Monthly Period.

      "Controlled Payment Amount" means, with respect to any Transfer Date, 
the sum of (a) the Controlled Amortization Amount for such Transfer Date 
and (b) any existing Controlled Amortization Shortfall.

      "Cumulative Principal Shortfall" means the sum of the Principal 
Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Supplements) for 
each Series in Group One.

      "Default Amount" means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount of 
Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables, unless there is 
an Insolvency Event with respect to Transferor) in such Defaulted Account 
on the day it became a Defaulted Account.

      "Defaulted Account" means an Account in which there are Defaulted 
Receivables.        

      "Deficiency Amount" means, at any time of determination, the sum of 
the Class A Deficiency Amount and the Class B Deficiency Amount.

      "Dilution" means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the 
amount of any Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized 
charge, fraudulent or counterfeit charge or billing error to an 
accountholder, (b) because such Receivable was created in respect of 
merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) for 
any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or charging off 
such amount as uncollectible.

      "Distribution Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).

      "Distribution Date" means June 17, 1996 and the fifteenth day of each 
calendar month thereafter, or if such fifteenth day is not a Business Day, 
the next succeeding Business Day.

      "Distribution Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, 
the period from and including the previous Distribution Date through the 
day preceding such Distribution Date, except the initial Distribution 
Period will be the period from and including the Closing Date through the 
day preceding the initial Distribution Date.

      "Early Amortization Commencement Date" means the date on which an 
Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of the 
Agreement or a Series 1996-A Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur 
pursuant to Section 9 of this Series Supplement.

      "Early Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the Early 
Amortization Commencement Date and ending on the Series 1996-A Termination 
Date.

      "Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the 
subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Collateral Interest and 
the Cash Collateral Account, and with respect to the Class B Certificates, 
the subordination of the Collateral Interest and the Cash Collateral 
Account. 

      "Enhancement Agreement" means the Loan Agreement. 

      "Enhancement Provider" means the Collateral Interest Holder. 

      "Enhancement Surplus" means, with respect to any Transfer Date, the 
excess, if any, of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral 
Account, plus the Collateral Interest (in each case after giving effect to 
any withdrawals, increases or reductions made with respect to such date 
other than as the result of the existence of an Enhancement Surplus) over 
(b) the Required Enhancement Amount.

      "Excess Spread" means, with respect to any Transfer Date and subject 
to Section 4.7(d), the sum of (a) the sum of the amounts, if any, with 
respect to such Transfer Date specified pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iv), 
4.11(b)(iii) and 4.11(c)(ii), plus (b) the Excess Finance Charge 
Collections, if any, allocated to Series 1996-A pursuant to Section 4.5 for 
the related Distribution Date.

      "Finance Charge Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).

      "Finance Charge Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer Date, 
an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the amounts 
specified in clauses (a) through (j) of Section 4.13 for that Transfer Date 
over (b) the sum of the amounts, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date 
specified pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii) and 4.11(c)(ii).

      "Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P. or its successors.

      "Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is 
the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the 
Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the 
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust determined as of the 
close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (b) the 
sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such 
term is defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Principal 
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; 
provided that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series and an Early 
Amortization Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the 
Controlled Amortization Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered 
to Trustee and Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that 
such numerator is not less than the Invested Amount (less the balance on 
deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject to being treated as 
Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections) as of 
the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series); provided 
further that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the 
Fixed Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling 
on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to 
any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator equal to 
the greater of the amounts specified in clauses (a) and (b) above 
determined as of the close of business on the subject Reset Date.

      "Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is 
the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the 
preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the 
Initial Invested Amount) and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) 
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of business 
on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the 
first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the 
Trust as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the 
Closing Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the 
Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the Agreement) for 
allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Default Amounts, 
Uncovered Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as applicable, for all 
outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided that if one or 
more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the Floating Allocation 
Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling on and after each 
such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent 
Reset Date will be determined using a denominator equal to the greater of 
the amounts specified in clauses (a) and (b) above determined as of the 
close of business on the subject Reset Date.

      "Group One" means Series 1996-A and each other Series specified in 
the related Supplement to be included in Group One.

      "Initial Invested Amount" means $550,000,000.

      "Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an amount 
equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount, (b) the Class B 
Invested Amount and (c) the Collateral Interest, each as of such date.

      "Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class B 
Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

      "Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any Receivable in a 
Defaulted Account, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Default Amount 
and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage on the day such Account became a 
Defaulted Account.

      "Investor Holder" means, for all purposes of the Agreement and this 
Series Supplement, (a) with respect to the Class A Certificates, the holder 
of record of a Class A Certificate, (b) with respect to the Class B 
Certificates, the holder of record of a Class B Certificate and (c) with 
respect to the Collateral Interest, the Collateral Interest Holder.

      "Investor Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period, (a) with respect 
to Finance Charge Receivables and Default Amounts at any time and Principal 
Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage 
and (b) with respect to Principal Receivables during the Controlled 
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Fixed Allocation 
Percentage.

      "Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any Monthly 
Period, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount deposited (or required to be 
deposited on the related Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.7(d), before 
giving effect to any netting or to the proviso to such Section) into the 
Principal Account for such Monthly Period pursuant to Sections 4.7(a)(ii) 
and (iii), 4.7(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv), or 4.7(c)(ii), (iii) and (iv), in 
each case, as applicable to such Monthly Period, (b) the aggregate amount 
to be treated as Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 
4.11(a)(iii), and 4.13(a), (b), (c), (d), (g) and (h) for such Monthly 
Period (other than such amount paid from Reallocated Principal 
Collections), and (c) the aggregate amount transferred or required to be 
transferred on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any 
permitted netting pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) from the Excess Funding 
Account into the Principal Account pursuant to Section 4.15(d).

      "LIBOR" means, for each Distribution Period, the London interbank 
offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits, as determined by 
Trustee in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

      "Loan Agreement" means the agreement among Transferor, Servicer, 
Trustee, and the Collateral Interest Holder, dated as of May 9, 1996, as 
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

      "Paired Series" means a Series that has been paired with Series 
1996-A (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded or may be a 
Variable Interest) such that a reduction of the Invested Amount results in 
(or permits) an increase of the invested amount of the paired Series.

      "Portfolio Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the 
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is 
an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount of Collections of Finance 
Charge Receivables deposited (or required to be deposited on the related 
Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted netting), into the 
Finance Charge Account and allocable to the Investor Certificates for such 
Monthly Period and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account 
to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to the 
Investor Certificates on the Transfer Date related to such Monthly Period, 
as described in Section 4.17(b), after subtracting the Aggregate Investor 
Default Amount for such Monthly Period, and the denominator of which is the 
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly 
Period.

      "Principal Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).

      "Principal Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer Date, the 
excess, if any, of (a) (i) with respect to any Transfer Date relating to 
the Controlled Amortization Period, the sum of (A) the Controlled Payment 
Amount for such Transfer Date, (B) on any Transfer Date after the 
Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero, 
the Class B Invested Amount and (C) the lesser of the Enhancement Surplus 
(if any) and the Collateral Interest for such Transfer Date, (ii) with 
respect to any Transfer Date during the Early Amortization Period, the 
Invested Amount and (iii) with respect to any Transfer Date relating to the 
Revolving Period, the amount specified in clause (a)(i)(C) above over (b) 
the Investor Principal Collections minus the Reallocated Principal 
Collections (other than any portions thereof that are applied pursuant to 
(x) Section 4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such 
portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B 
Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount)) for such 
Transfer Date.

      "Rating Agency" means Moody's, S&P and Fitch.

      "Rating Agency Condition" means the notification in writing by each 
Rating Agency to Transferor, Servicer and Trustee that an action will not 
result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its then existing 
rating of the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates or, to the 
extent specified in the Loan Agreement (and with respect to Fitch only), 
the Collateral Interest. 

      "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is defined in Section 
4.14.

      "Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections" is defined in Section 
4.14.

      "Reallocated Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.

      "Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last 
Business Day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date.

      "Required Cash Collateral Amount" means, with respect to any date of 
determination, the Required Enhancement Amount less the Collateral 
Interest.

      "Required Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.17(c). 

      "Required Enhancement Amount" means, with respect to each Transfer 
Date, the greater of (a) an amount equal to 13% of the Invested Amount on 
such Transfer Date, after taking into account any payments (including 
payments on the Collateral Interest) to be made on the related Distribution 
Date and (b) $16,500,000; provided that (x) if, on or prior to such 
Transfer Date, there has been any Required Draw Amount pursuant to Section 
4.17(c) or any reductions in the Collateral Interest pursuant to clauses 
(c), (d) or (e) of the definition of such term, or an Early Amortization 
Event has occurred with respect to Series 1996-A, then the Required 
Enhancement Amount for such Transfer Date shall, subject to clauses (y) and 
(z), equal the Required Enhancement Amount on the Transfer Date immediately 
preceding such reduction, Required Draw Amount or Early Amortization Event, 
(y) in no event shall the Required Enhancement Amount exceed the sum of the 
outstanding principal amounts of (i) the Class A Certificates and (ii) the 
Class B Certificates, each as of the last day of the Monthly Period 
preceding such Transfer Date after taking into account the payments to be 
made on the related Distribution Date and (z) the Required Enhancement 
Amount may be reduced or increased at Transferor's option at any time if 
Transferor, Servicer, the Collateral Interest Holder and Trustee have been 
provided evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

      "Required Retained Transferor Percentage" means, for purposes of 
Series 1996-A, 7%.

      "Reset Date" means each of (a) an Addition Date on which Receivables 
from Supplemental Accounts are added to the Trust, (b) a Removal Date on 
which, if any Series has been paid in full, Principal Receivables in an 
aggregate amount approximately equal to the initial investor interest of 
such Series are removed from the Trust, (c) a date on which there is an 
increase in the Invested Amount of any Variable Interest issued by the 
Trust and (d) any date on which a new Series is issued.

      "Revolving Period" means the period from and including the Closing 
Date to, but not including, the earlier of (a) the beginning of business on 
February 1, 2001 and (b) the Early Amortization Commencement Date.
      
      "Series Account" means, as to Series 1996-A, the Distribution 
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Cash 
Collateral Account.

      "Series Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is 
the numerator used in determining the Floating Allocation Percentage for 
that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the 
numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is 
defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge 
Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; 
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the 
Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling 
on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset Date") and prior to 
any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator which is 
equal to the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor 
Percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables for 
all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the subject Reset 
Date.

      "Series 1996-A" means the Series of the World Financial Network 
Credit Card Master Trust represented by the Investor Certificates.

      "Series 1996-A Certificates" means the Class A Certificates and the 
Class B Certificates.

      "Series 1996-A Holder" means the holder of record of a Series 1996-A 
Certificate.

      "Series 1996-A Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of (a) 
the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full, (b) the 
termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and (c) the February 
2004 Distribution Date.

      "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.0%.

      "Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series Supplement.

      "Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires, either 
(a) the amount allocated to the Investor Certificates which are treated as 
Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), 4.7(b)(iv)(B), 
4.7(c)(iv)(B), 4.11(d)(ii) and 4.11(e)(iv) and which may be applied to the 
principal shortfall with respect to other outstanding Series in Group One 
or (b) the amounts allocated to the investor certificates of other Series 
in Group One which the applicable Supplements for such Series specify are 
to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may be applied to 
cover the Principal Shortfall with respect to the Investor Certificates.

      "Specified Transferor Amount" means, at any time, the Minimum 
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if 
any) at that time.

      "Target Amount" is defined in Section 4.7(d).

      "Uncovered Dilution Amount" means an amount equal to the product of 
(x) the Series Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period 
(determined on a weighted average basis, if a Reset Date occurs during that 
Monthly Period), times (y) the aggregate Dilutions occurring during that 
Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to made to the Excess 
Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.9(a) but has not been made; provided 
that, if the Transferor Amount is greater than zero at the time the deposit 
referred to in clause (y) is required to be made, the Uncovered Dilution 
Amount for such amount to be deposited shall be deemed to be zero.

      SECTION III.  Servicing Fee. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable 
to Series 1996-A with respect to any Transfer Date (the "Servicing Fee") 
shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Series Servicing 
Fee Percentage and (ii) the Invested Amount as of the last day of the 
Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date; provided that with respect to 
the first Transfer Date, the Servicing Fee shall equal $672,222.22. The 
share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the Class A Invested Amount (the 
"Class A Servicing Fee"), the Class B Invested Amount (the "Class B 
Servicing Fee") and the Collateral Interest (the "Collateral Interest 
Servicing Fee") with respect to any Transfer Date shall equal the Class A 
Floating Allocation Percentage, Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and 
Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage, respectively, of such Servicing 
Fee. Except as specifically provided above, the Servicing Fee shall be paid 
by the cash flows from the Trust allocated to Transferor or the 
certificateholders of other Series (as provided in the related Supplements) 
and in no event shall the Trust, Trustee or the Investor Holders be liable 
therefor. The Class A Servicing Fee shall be payable to Servicer solely to 
the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof 
pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(ii) and 4.13(a). The Class B Servicing Fee 
shall be payable solely to the extent amounts are available for 
distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 4.11(b)(ii) and 
4.13(c). The Collateral Interest Servicing Fee shall be payable solely to 
the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof 
pursuant to Section 4.13(f) or if applicable Section 4.11(c)(i).

      SECTION IV.  Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination 
Provisions. (a)  The Investor Certificates shall be subject to retransfer 
to Transferor at its option on any Distribution Date, on or after the 
Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to an amount less 
than or equal to 5% of the Initial Invested Amount by deposit into the 
Collection Account for application in accordance with Section 12.2 of an 
amount equal to the sum of (i) the Invested Amount, plus (ii) accrued and 
unpaid interest on the Investor Certificates through the day preceding the 
Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs. Upon the tender of the 
outstanding Series 1996-A Certificates by the Holders (and without tender 
in the case of the Collateral Interest), Trustee shall distribute such 
amount, together with all funds on deposit in the Principal Account to the 
Investor Holders on the next Distribution Date in repayment of the 
principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest owing to the Investor 
Holders. Following any redemption, the Investor Holders shall have no 
further rights with respect to the Receivables. If Transferor fails for any 
reason to deposit in the Collection Account the aggregate purchase price 
for the Investor Certificates, payments shall continue to be made to the 
Investor Holders in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and this 
Series Supplement.

      (b) The amount required to be deposited by Transferor with respect to 
the Investor Certificates in connection with any reassignment of 
Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6 shall equal the sum of (i) the Invested 
Amount (less any amounts then on deposit in the Principal Account), plus 
(ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor Certificates through the 
day preceding the Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs. The 
amount so deposited together with the amount then on deposit in the 
Principal Account shall be distributed to the Holders of the Investor 
Certificates in final payment of the Invested Amount and all such other 
amounts on the Distribution Date on which it is deposited.

      (c) Proceeds available from the sale of Receivables in accordance 
with Section 12.2(c) on the Series 1996-A Termination Date shall be 
treated, to the extent of the Invested Amount, as Collections of Principal 
Receivables that have been allocated to the Investor Certificates and any 
excess shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables that 
have been allocated to the Investor Certificates, in each case with respect 
to the prior Monthly Period.

      (d) Transferor may from time to time, purchase Class A and Class B 
Certificates on the secondary market and request Trustee to cancel such 
Class A and Class B Certificates held by Transferor and reduce the Class A 
or Class B Invested Amount, as applicable, by a corresponding amount; 
provided that Transferor may make such purchases and requests for 
cancellation of Class B Certificates resulting in a reduction of Class B 
Invested Amount only to the extent that it has made (or will make 
contemporaneously with any such purchase and request for cancellation of 
Class B Certificates) purchases and requests for cancellations of Class A 
Certificates that result in at least a pro rata reduction of the Class A 
Invested Amount.

      SECTION V.  Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates. 
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1996-A Certificates to 
Trustee (in definitive, fully registered form) for authentication in 
accordance with Section 6.1. Trustee shall deliver such Certificates when 
authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2.  The Collateral Interest 
shall be issued as provided in this Series Supplement and the Loan 
Agreement.

      SECTION VI.  Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates. 
A. The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall be delivered 
as Book-Entry Certificates as provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.10.

      B.  The depository for Series 1996-A shall be The Depository Trust 
Company, and the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates shall be 
initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.

      SECTION VII.  Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1 through 4.5 shall 
read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV (except for 
Sections 4.1 through 4.5 thereof) shall be read in its entirety as follows 
and shall be applicable only to the Investor Certificates:

ARTICLE IV       RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS

      SECTION 4.6  Rights of Holders and the Collateral Interest Holder. 
The Investor Certificates shall represent undivided interests in the Trust, 
consisting of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the 
required payments with respect to such Investor Certificates at the times 
and in the amounts specified in this Agreement, (a) the applicable Investor 
Percentage of Collections received with respect to the Receivables and (b) 
funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the 
Principal Account, the Cash Collateral Account and the Distribution 
Account. The Collateral Interest shall be subordinate to the Class A 
Certificates and the Class B Certificates to the extent described herein. 
The Class B Certificates shall be subordinate to the Class A Certificates 
to the extent described herein. Transferor shall not have any interest in 
the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, 
the Cash Collateral Account and the Distribution Account, except as 
specifically provided in this Article IV.

      SECTION 4.7  Allocations. (a)  Allocations During the Revolving 
Period. During the Revolving Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to 
the Investor Holders as follows: 

           (i)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of 
      such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections 
      processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such Date of 
      Processing;

           (ii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage 
      on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate 
      amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables 
      on such Date of Processing; and

           (iii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date 
      of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate amount 
      of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such 
      Date of Processing.

      In addition, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Class A 
Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date of Processing of such 
Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such 
Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in 
respect of Principal Receivables on each Date of Processing shall be 
treated as Shared Principal Collections. 

      (b)  Allocations During the Controlled Amortization Period. During 
the Controlled Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to 
the Investor Holders as follows: 

           (i)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of 
      such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections 
      processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such Date of 
      Processing;

           (ii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage 
      on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate 
      amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables 
      on such Date of Processing;

           (iii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date 
      of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate amount 
      of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such 
      Date of Processing; and

           (iv)  (A)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
      the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage 
      on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3) the aggregate 
      amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables 
      on such Date of Processing; provided that the amount allocated 
      pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(iv)(A) during any Monthly Period 
      shall not exceed the Controlled Payment Amount for the related 
      Transfer Date (after taking into account any payments to be made on 
      the immediately preceding Distribution Date) and (B) treat as Shared 
      Principal Collections any amount not allocated as a result of the 
      proviso to clause (A).

      (c)  Allocations During the Early Amortization Period. During the 
Early Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the 
Investor Holders as follows: 

           (i)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of 
      such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections 
      processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such Date of 
      Processing;

           (ii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
      product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections and (B) the Investor 
      Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) the 
      aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal 
      Receivables on such Date of Processing; 

           (iii)       allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
      the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage 
      on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) the aggregate 
      amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables 
      on such Date of Processing; and
      
           (iv)  (A)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
      the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage on the 
      Date of Processing of such Collections and (2) the Investor 
      Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3) the 
      aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal 
      Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that the aggregate 
      amount allocated pursuant to this Section 4.7(c)(iv)(A) during any 
      Monthly Period shall not exceed the Invested Amount as of the close 
      of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period (after taking 
      into account any payments to be made on the Distribution Date 
      relating to such prior Monthly Period and deposits and any 
      adjustments to be made to the Invested Amount to be made on the 
      Transfer Date relating to such Monthly Period) and (B) treat as 
      Shared Principal Collections any amount not allocated as a result of 
      the proviso to clause (A).

      (d) During any period when Servicer is permitted by Section 4.3 to 
make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account, amounts allocated 
to the Investor Holders pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), (b) and (c) with 
respect to any Monthly Period need not be deposited into the Collection 
Account or any Series Account prior to the related Transfer Date, and, when 
so deposited, (x) may be deposited net of any amounts required to be 
distributed to Transferor and, if WFN is Servicer, Servicer and (y) shall 
be deposited into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of Collections of 
Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in the case of 
Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared Principal 
Collections allocated to Series 1996-A pursuant to Section 4.15)), subject 
in either case to the proviso to the next sentence.  At any other time, 
amounts so allocated on each Date of Processing shall be deposited on that 
Date of Processing into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of 
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in 
the case of Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared 
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-A pursuant to Section 
4.15)), provided that:

           (i) with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the Revolving 
      Period (and with respect to that portion of each Monthly Period in 
      the Controlled Amortization Period falling on or after the day on 
      which Collections of Principal Receivables equal to the related 
      Controlled Payment Amount have been allocated pursuant to Section 
      4.7(b)(iv) and deposited pursuant to Section 4.7(d)), Collections of 
      Finance Charge Receivables shall be deposited into the Finance Charge 
      Account only until such time as the aggregate amount so deposited 
      equals the sum (the "Target Amount") of (A) the amounts of Class A 
      Monthly Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amount 
      and Class A Additional Interest (if any), Class B Deficiency Amount 
      and Class B Additional Interest (if any), (B) if WFN is not Servicer, 
      the Servicing Fee, each due on the related Distribution Date, (C) any 
      Collateral Monthly Interest due on the related Transfer Date and any 
      other amounts that Transferor or Servicer knows will be owed under 
      the Loan Agreement on the related Transfer Date to the extent such 
      amounts are payable under the Loan Agreement from Available 
      Non-Principal Funds (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and (D) any 
      Finance Charge Shortfalls for any other Series in Group One (as 
      defined in the related Supplement); and

           (ii)  with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the 
      Revolving Period, Collections of Principal Receivables allocated to 
      the Investor Holders pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii) and (iii) shall 
      (after an amount equal to any Collateral Monthly Principal for that 
      Monthly Period has been deposited into the Principal Account) be paid 
      to Transferor (or, if the Transferor Amount is less than the 
      Specified Transferor Amount, deposited into the Excess Funding 
      Account), but Transferor shall make an amount equal to the 
      Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Transfer Date 
      available on that Transfer Date for application in accordance with 
      Section 4.14.

With respect to any Monthly Period when deposits of Collections of Finance 
Charge Receivables into the Finance Charge Account are limited in 
accordance with clause (i) of the preceding proviso, notwithstanding such 
limitation: (1) "Excess Spread" for the related Transfer Date shall be 
calculated as if the full amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to 
the Investor Certificates during that Monthly Period had been deposited in 
the Finance Charge Account and applied on such Transfer Date in accordance 
with Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b) and 4.11(c); (2) Collections of Finance 
Charge Receivables released to Transferor pursuant to such clause (i) shall 
be deemed, for purposes of all calculations under this Supplement and the 
Loan Agreement, to have been distributed on account of or otherwise applied 
to the items specified in Sections 4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c) and 4.13 to 
which such amounts would have been applied (and in the priority in which 
they would have been applied) had such amounts been available in the 
Finance Charge Account on such Transfer Date; and (3) for purposes of the 
Loan Agreement, "Available Principal Funds" and "Available Non-Principal 
Funds" for the related Transfer Date shall be calculated as if the proviso 
set forth in Section 4.7(d)(i) and (ii) had not applied and the full amount 
of Collections allocated to the Investor Certificates during that Monthly 
Period had been deposited in the Finance Charge Account and the Principal 
Account and applied on such Transfer Date in accordance with Article IV. If 
the amount actually available for application as Available Non-Principal 
Funds under the Loan Agreement is insufficient to make all payments, 
distributions and deposits required to be made under the Loan Agreement on 
such Transfer Date, Transferor shall deposit, on  such Transfer Date, an 
amount equal to the difference between the Available Non-Principal Funds, 
as so calculated, and the amount actually available. If the amount actually 
available for application as Available Principal Funds under the Loan 
Agreement is insufficient to make all payments, distributions and deposits 
required to be made under the Loan Agreement on such Transfer Date, 
Transferor shall deposit, on such Transfer Date, an amount equal to the 
difference between the Available Principal Funds, as so calculated, and the 
amount actually available. In addition, the proviso set forth in Section 
4.7(d)(i) and (ii) shall not apply at any time when the most recently 
determined Available Cash Collateral Amount is less than the Required Cash 
Collateral Amount. To avoid doubt, the calculations referred to in the 
preceding clause (2) include the calculations required by clause (c) of the 
definition of Class A Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of 
Class B Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of Collateral 
Interest and Section 4.10.

      Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if on any Business Day Servicer 
determines that the Target Amount for a Monthly Period exceeds the Target 
Amount for that Monthly Period as previously calculated by Servicer, then 
(x) Servicer shall (on the same Business Day) inform Transferor of such 
determination, and (y) within two Business Days of receiving such notice 
Transferor shall deposit into the Finance Charge Account funds in an amount 
equal to the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated 
to the Investor Certificates for that Monthly Period but not deposited into 
the Finance Charge Account due to the operation of clause (i) (but not in 
excess of the amount required so that the aggregate amount deposited for 
the subject Monthly Period equals the Target Amount). In addition, if on 
any Transfer Date the Transferor Amount will be less than the Specified 
Transferor Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on that 
Transfer Date, Transferor shall, on that Transfer Date, deposit into the 
Principal Account funds in an amount equal to the amounts of Class A 
Available Funds and Excess Spread that are required to be treated as 
Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iii) and 4.13 
but are not available from funds in the Finance Charge Account as a result 
of the operation of clause (i).

      (e)  On any date, Servicer may withdraw from the Collection Account 
or any Series Account any amounts inadvertently deposited in such account 
that should have not been so deposited.

      SECTION 4.8  Determination of Monthly Interest. (a)  The amount of 
monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificates shall equal the 
product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, times 
(iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates 
determined as of the Record Date preceding the related Transfer Date (the 
"Class A Monthly Interest"); provided that (x) Class A Monthly Interest for 
the first Distribution Period will be $2,984,850 and (y) in addition to 
Class A Monthly Interest an amount equal to the amount of any unpaid Class 
A Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to the product of (A) (1) 
one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class A Certificate Rate, plus 2% per 
annum, and (B) any Class A Deficiency Amount from the prior Transfer Date 
(or the portion thereof which has not theretofore been paid to Class A 
Holders) (the "Class A Additional Interest"), shall also be distributable 
to the Class A Certificates, and on such Transfer Date Trustee shall 
deposit such funds, to the extent available, into the Distribution Account. 
The "Class A Deficiency Amount" for any Transfer Date shall equal the 
excess, if any, of the aggregate amount accrued pursuant to this Section 
4.8(a) as of the prior Distribution Period over the amount actually 
transferred from the Distribution Account for payment of such amount.

      (b)  The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class B 
Certificates shall equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the 
Class B Certificate Rate, times (iii) the outstanding principal balance of 
the Class B Certificates determined as of the Record Date preceding the 
related Transfer Date (the "Class B Monthly Interest"); provided that (x) 
Class B Monthly Interest for the first Distribution Period will be $327,250 
and (y) in addition to the Class B Monthly Interest an amount equal to the 
amount of any unpaid Class B Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to 
the product of (A) (1) one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class B 
Certificate Rate, plus 2% per annum, and (B) any Class B Deficiency Amount 
from the prior Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not 
theretofore been paid to Class B Holders) (the "Class B Additional 
Interest"), shall also be distributable to the Class B Certificates, and on 
such Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent 
available, into the Distribution Account. The "Class B Deficiency Amount" 
for any Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of the aggregate 
amount accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) as of the prior Distribution 
Period over the amount actually transferred from the Distribution Account 
for payment of such amount.

      (c)  The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Collateral 
Interest (the "Collateral Monthly Interest") shall equal the product of (i) 
(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the 
related Distribution Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) 
the Collateral Rate in effect with respect to the related Distribution 
Period, times (ii) the Collateral Interest determined as of the Record Date 
preceding such Transfer Date. 

      SECTION 4.9  Determination of Monthly Principal. (a)  The amount of 
monthly principal distributable from the Principal Account with respect to 
the Class A Certificates on each Transfer Date ("Class A Monthly 
Principal"), beginning with the Transfer Date in the month following the 
month in which the Controlled Amortization Period or, if earlier, the Early 
Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the least of (i) the 
Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal 
Account with respect to such Transfer Date, (ii) for each Transfer Date 
with respect to the Controlled Amortization Period prior to the Class A 
Final Scheduled Payment Date, the Controlled Payment Amount for such 
Transfer Date and (iii) the Class A Invested Amount on such Transfer Date 
prior to any distributions thereon on such day.

      (b)  The amount of monthly principal distributable from the Principal 
Account with respect to the Class B Certificates on each Transfer Date (the 
"Class B Monthly Principal") for the Controlled Amortization Period, 
beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on which the Class A 
Invested Amount is reduced to zero, and for the Early Amortization Period 
beginning with the Transfer Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is 
reduced to zero (in either case after giving effect to payments to be made 
on the related Distribution Date), shall be an amount equal to the lesser 
of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) the Available Investor Principal 
Collections on such Transfer Date over (B) any Class A Monthly Principal on 
such Transfer Date and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount (after taking into 
account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to 
Sections 4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.

      (c)  The amount of monthly principal (the "Collateral Monthly 
Principal") distributable from the Principal Account with respect to the 
Collateral Interest on each Transfer Date shall be (i) during the Revolving 
Period following any reduction of the Required Enhancement Amount, an 
amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement Surplus on such Transfer 
Date and (B) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer 
Date or (ii) during the Controlled Amortization Period or Early 
Amortization Period an amount equal to the least of (A) the Enhancement 
Surplus on such Transfer Date, (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the Available 
Investor Principal Collections on such Transfer Date over (2) the sum of 
the Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal for such 
Transfer Date and (C) the Collateral Interest on such Transfer Date (after 
taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date 
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14).

      SECTION 4.10  Coverage of Required Amount. (a)  On or before each 
Transfer Date, Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class A Required 
Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly Interest for 
such Transfer Date, plus (ii) the Class A Deficiency Amount, if any, for 
such Transfer Date, plus (iii) the Class A Additional Interest, if any, for 
such Transfer Date, plus (iv) the Class A Servicing Fee for the prior 
Monthly Period plus (v) the Class A Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid 
on any prior Transfer Date, plus (vi) the Class A Investor Default Amount, 
if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (vii) the Class A Uncovered Dilution 
Amount for the related Monthly Period, exceeds the Class A Available Funds 
for the related Monthly Period.

      (b)  On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also determine 
the amount (the "Class B Required Amount"), if any, equal to the sum of (i) 
the amount, if any, by which the sum of (A) the Class B Monthly Interest 
for such Transfer Date, plus (B) the Class B Deficiency Amount, if any, for 
such Transfer Date plus (C) the Class B Additional Interest, if any, for 
such Transfer Date, plus (D) the Class B Servicing Fee for the prior 
Monthly Period plus (E) the Class B Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid 
on any prior Transfer Date, exceeds the Class B Available Funds for the 
related Monthly Period plus (ii) the sum of (A) the Class B Investor 
Default Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date and (B) the Class B 
Uncovered Dilution Amount for the related Monthly Period.

      (c)  If the sum of the Class A Required Amount and the Class B 
Required Amount for such Transfer Date is greater than zero, Servicer shall 
give written notice to Trustee of such positive Class A Required Amount or 
Class B Required Amount on or before such Transfer Date. In addition:

           (i) If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date is 
      greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and any 
      Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in an amount 
      equal to the Class A Required Amount, to the extent available, for 
      such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the case of Excess 
      Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be distributed) 
      from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash Collateral Account) on 
      such Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.13(a). If the Class A 
      Required Amount for such Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess 
      Spread (and any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer 
      Date, the Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the 
      Collateral Interest and the Class B Certificates with respect to the 
      prior Monthly Period shall be applied as specified in Section 4.14.

           (ii)  If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer Date is 
      greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and any 
      Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in an amount 
      equal to the Class B Required Amount, to the extent available, for 
      such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in the case of Excess 
      Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be distributed) 
      from the Finance Charge Account (and the Cash Collateral Account) on 
      such Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.13(c). If the Class B 
      Required Amount for such Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess 
      Spread (and any Required Draw Amount) available to fund the Class B 
      Required Amount pursuant to Section 4.13(c), the Collections of 
      Principal Receivables allocable to the Collateral Interest (after 
      application to the Class A Required Amount) shall be applied as 
      specified in Section 4.14;

provided that the sum of any payments pursuant to this paragraph shall not 
exceed the sum of the Class A Required Amount and the Class B Required 
Amount.

      SECTION 4.11  Monthly Payments. On or before each Transfer Date, 
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be 
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to withdraw, and Trustee, acting in 
accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw on such Transfer Date or 
the related Distribution Date, as applicable, to the extent of available 
funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge 
Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account as follows:

      (a)  An amount equal to the Class A Available Funds for the related 
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent 
available, in the following priority:

           (i)  an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest, plus any Class 
      A Deficiency Amount, plus any Class A Additional Interest (in each 
      case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited by Servicer or 
      Trustee into the Distribution Account;

           (ii)  an amount equal to the Class A Servicing Fee for such 
      Transfer Date plus any Class A Servicing Fee due but not paid to 
      Servicer on any prior Transfer Date (less, if WFN is Servicer, 
      amounts previously retained towards payment of such fees) shall be 
      distributed to Servicer;

           (iii)  an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Investor 
      Default Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount, if any, for 
      the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated (or deemed, in 
      accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be treated) as a portion of 
      Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled 
      Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into 
      the Principal Account on such Transfer Date; and

           (iv)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and 
      shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 4.13.

      (b)  An amount equal to the Class B Available Funds for the related 
Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent 
available, in the following priority:

           (i)  an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest, plus any 
      Class B Deficiency Amount, plus any Class B Additional Interest (in 
      each case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited by Servicer or 
      Trustee into the Distribution Account;

           (ii)  an amount equal to the Class B Servicing Fee for such 
      Transfer Date, plus any Class B Servicing Fee due but not paid to 
      Servicer on any prior Transfer Date for such Transfer Date (less, if 
      WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained towards payment of such 
      fees) shall be distributed to Servicer; and

           (iii)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and 
      shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 4.13.

      (c)  An amount equal to the Collateral Available Funds for the 
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the 
extent available, in the following priority:

           (i)  if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is 
      Servicer, an amount equal to the Collateral Interest Servicing Fee 
      for such Transfer Date, plus any Collateral Interest Servicing Fee 
      due but not paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be 
      distributed to Servicer; and

           (ii)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and 
      shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 4.13.

      (d)  During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available 
Investor Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period will be 
distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent available, in the 
following priority:

           (i)  an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Principal for 
      such Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Collateral Interest 
      Holder in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and

           (ii)  an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal 
      Collections remaining after the application specified in Section 
      4.11(d)(i) shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections.

      (e)  On each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer Date falling 
in the calendar month following the one in which the Controlled 
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period (whichever is earlier) 
commences, an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal Collections 
for the related Monthly Period will be distributed on such Transfer Date, 
to the extent available, in the following priority:

           (i)  an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal for such 
      Transfer Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account;

           (ii)  after giving effect to the distribution referred to in 
      clause (i), an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Principal, shall 
      be deposited into the Distribution Account;

           (iii) for each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer Date 
      immediately preceding the Series 1996-A Termination Date, in which 
      case on the Series 1996-A Termination Date) after giving effect to 
      the distribution referred to in clauses(i) and (ii) above, an amount 
      equal to Collateral Monthly Principal shall be distributed to the 
      Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and

           (iv)  an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal 
      Collections remaining after the applications specified in clauses 
      (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be treated as Shared Principal 
      Collections.

      (f)  On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall pay in accordance with 
Section 5.1(a) to the Class A Holders from the Distribution Account, the 
amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 
4.11(a)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date and to the Class B Holders from 
the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution 
Account pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date.

      (g)  On the first Distribution Date with respect to the earlier to 
occur of the Controlled Amortization Period and the Early Amortization 
Period and on each Distribution Date thereafter, Trustee, acting in 
accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall pay in accordance with 
Section 5.1 from the Distribution Account the amount so deposited into the 
Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 4.11(e) on the related Transfer 
Date in the following priority:

           (i)  an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit in 
      the Distribution Account and the Class A Invested Amount shall be 
      paid to the Class A Holders; and

           (ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early 
      Amortization Period and on or after the Class B Scheduled Payment 
      Date, after giving effect to the distributions referred to in clause 
      (i) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit in 
      the Distribution Account and the Class B Invested Amount shall be 
      paid to the Class B Holders.

      SECTION 4.12  Investor Charge-Offs. (a)  On or before each Transfer 
Date, Servicer shall calculate the sum of the Class A Investor Default 
Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class 
A Reduction Amount"). If on any Transfer Date, the Class A Reduction Amount 
for the prior Monthly Period exceeds the sum of the amount allocated with 
respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(iii), Section 4.13(a) 
(including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for such 
allocation) and Section 4.14 with respect to such Monthly Period, the 
Collateral Interest (after giving effect to reductions for any Collateral 
Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer 
Date) will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by more than 
the lesser of the Class A Reduction Amount and the Collateral Interest 
(after giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any 
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date) for such Transfer 
Date. If such reduction would cause the Collateral Interest to be a 
negative number, the Collateral Interest will be reduced to zero, and the 
Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Class B 
Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Class B Principal Collections on 
such Transfer Date) will be reduced by the amount by which the Collateral 
Interest would have been reduced below zero. If such reduction would cause 
the Class B Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Class B Invested 
Amount will be reduced to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will be 
reduced by the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been 
reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class A Reduction Amount for 
such Transfer Date (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off"). If the Class A 
Invested Amount has been reduced by the amount of any Class A Investor 
Charge-Offs, it will be reimbursed on any Transfer Date (but not by an 
amount in excess of the aggregate Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by the 
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for such purpose pursuant 
to Section 4.13(b).

      (b)  On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the 
sum of the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Class B Uncovered 
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class B Reduction Amount"). If on any 
Transfer Date, the Class B Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period 
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and Reallocated Collateral Principal 
Collections which are allocated and available to fund such amount pursuant 
to Section 4.13(c) (including amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral 
Account for such allocation) and Section 4.14, the Collateral Interest 
(after giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any 
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments 
with respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) will be reduced by 
the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of the Class B 
Reduction Amount and the Collateral Interest (after giving effect to 
reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Principal 
Collections on such Transfer Date and any adjustments with respect thereto 
as described in Section 4.12(a)) for such Transfer Date. If such reduction 
would cause the Collateral Interest to be a negative number, the Collateral 
Interest shall be reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount shall be 
reduced by the amount by which the Collateral Interest would have been 
reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class B Reduction Amount for 
such Transfer Date (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off"). The Class B Invested 
Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal 
Collections in excess of the Collateral Interest pursuant to Section 4.14 
and the amount of any portion of the Class B Invested Amount allocated to 
the Class A Certificates to avoid a reduction in the Class A Invested 
Amount pursuant to Section 4.12(a). The Class B Invested Amount will 
thereafter be reimbursed (but not to an amount in excess of the unpaid 
principal balance of the Class B Certificates) on any Transfer Date by the 
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for that purpose as 
described under Section 4.13(d).

      (c)  On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the 
sum of the Collateral Default Amount and the Collateral Uncovered Dilution 
Amount (such sum being the "Collateral Reduction Amount"). If on any 
Transfer Date, the Collateral Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period 
exceeds the amount of Excess Spread which is allocated and available to 
fund such amount pursuant to Section 4.13(g), the Collateral Interest will 
be reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than the lesser of 
the Collateral Reduction Amount and the Collateral Interest for such 
Transfer Date (a "Collateral Charge-Off"). The Collateral Interest will 
also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant 
to Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the Collateral Interest 
allocated to the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates to avoid 
a reduction in the Class A Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(a), or 
the Class B Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(b), respectively. The 
Collateral Interest will thereafter be reimbursed on any Transfer Date by 
the amount of the Excess Spread allocated and available for that purpose as 
described under Section 4.13(h).

      SECTION 4.13  Excess Spread. On or before each Transfer Date, 
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be 
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to apply, and Trustee, acting in 
accordance with such instructions shall apply (or be deemed, in accordance 
with Section 4.7(d), to apply), Excess Spread with respect to the related 
Monthly Period, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date 
in the following priority:

      (a)  an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with 
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class A Required 
Amount and be applied in accordance with, and in the priority set forth in, 
Section 4.11(a);

      (b)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor 
Charge-Offs which have not been previously reimbursed will be treated as a 
portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled 
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the 
Principal Account on such Transfer Date;

      (c)  an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, if any, with 
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class B Required 
Amount and be applied first in accordance with, and in the priority set 
forth in, Section 4.11(b) and then any remaining amount available to pay 
the Class B Reduction Amount shall be treated as a portion of Investor 
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the 
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such 
Transfer Date;

      (d)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B 
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class B Invested Amount 
for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class B Holders (but 
not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not 
been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor 
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the 
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such 
Transfer Date;

      (e)  an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Interest plus the 
amount of any past due Collateral Monthly Interest for such Transfer Date 
will be paid to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan 
Agreement;

      (f)  if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an amount 
equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Collateral Interest 
Servicing Fees (less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained 
towards payment of such fee) will be paid to Servicer;

      (g)  an amount equal to the Collateral Reduction Amount, if any, for 
the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of Investor 
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Amortization Period or the 
Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on such 
Transfer Date;

      (h)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Collateral 
Interest has been reduced for reasons other than the payment of principal 
to the Collateral Interest Holder (but not in excess of the aggregate 
amount of such reductions which have not been previously reimbursed) will 
be treated as a portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the 
Controlled Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited 
into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;

      (i)  an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash 
Collateral Amount (determined after all deposits, withdrawals, reductions, 
payments and adjustments to be made with respect to such date) over the 
Available Cash Collateral Amount (without giving effect to any deposit made 
on such date hereunder) shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account;

      (j) an amount equal to all other amounts due under the Loan Agreement 
shall be distributed in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and

      (k)  the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments made 
pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) shall constitute "Excess Finance Charge 
Collections" to be applied with respect to other Series in accordance with 
Section 4.5 of the Agreement.

      SECTION 4.14  Reallocated Principal Collections. On or before each 
Transfer Date, Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing 
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to, and Trustee in 
accordance with such instructions shall, withdraw from the Principal 
Account and apply Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to such 
Transfer Date, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date in 
the following priority:

           (a)  an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class A 
      Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date over (ii) 
      the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread with respect to the 
      related Monthly Period and (y) the Available Cash Collateral Amount 
      with respect to such Transfer Date, shall be applied pursuant to 
      Sections 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii); and

           (b)  an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class B 
      Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date over (ii) 
      the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread allocated and available to 
      the Class B Certificates pursuant to Section 4.13(c) on such Transfer 
      Date and (y) the amount withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account 
      pursuant to Section 4.17(c) which is remaining after application 
      pursuant to Section 4.13(c) with respect to such Transfer Date shall 
      be applied first pursuant to Sections 4.11(b)(i) and (ii) and then 
      pursuant to Section 4.13(c);

provided, that: 

           (1)  the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal 
      Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) (the 
      "Reallocated Principal Collections") shall not exceed the lesser of 
      (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Collateral Investor Allocation 
      Percentage and the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage for the 
      Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and (y) the Investor 
      Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and 
      (z) the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables for the 
      Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the sum of the 
      Collateral Interest and the Class B Invested Amount after giving 
      effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs and Class B Investor Charge-Offs 
      for such Transfer Date; and 

           (2)  the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal 
      Receivables distributed pursuant to clause (b) shall not exceed the 
      lesser of (A) the product of (x) the Collateral Investor Allocation 
      Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and 
      (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such 
      Transfer Date and (z) the amount of Collections of Principal 
      Receivables for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date and 
      (B) the Collateral Interest after giving effect to any Collateral 
      Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date.

      With respect to any Transfer Date, any Reallocated Principal 
Collections up to and including the amount specified in clause (2)(A) above 
shall constitute "Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections," and any 
Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of such amount shall constitute 
"Reallocated Class B Principal Collections."

      On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Interest shall be reduced by 
the amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections and by the 
amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for such Transfer Date. 
If such reduction would cause the Collateral Interest (after giving effect 
to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative 
number, the Collateral Interest (after giving effect to any Collateral 
Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) shall be reduced to zero and the Class 
B Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount by which the Collateral 
Interest would have been reduced below zero. If the reallocation of 
Reallocated Principal Collections would cause the Class B Invested Amount 
(after giving effect to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer 
Date) to be a negative number on any Transfer Date, Reallocated Principal 
Collections shall be reallocated on such Transfer Date in an aggregate 
amount not to exceed the amount which would cause the Class B Invested 
Amount (after giving effect to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such 
Transfer Date) to be reduced to zero.

      SECTION 4.15  Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred from 
the Excess Funding Account to the Principal Account. (a)  The Shared 
Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-A on any Transfer Date 
pursuant to Section 4.15(b) shall be applied as Available Investor 
Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.11 and pursuant to such Section 
4.11 shall be deposited in the Distribution Account or distributed in 
accordance with the Loan Agreement.

      (b)  Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-A with 
respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the Principal 
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-A for such Transfer Date; 
provided that if the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections for 
all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date is less than the Cumulative 
Principal Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then Shared Principal 
Collections allocable to Series 1996-A on such Transfer Date shall equal 
the product of (i) Shared Principal Collections for all Series in Group One 
for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
Principal Shortfall with respect to Series 1996-A for such Transfer Date 
and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Cumulative 
Principal Shortfall for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date. On 
each Transfer Date, Trustee (in accordance with instructions from Servicer) 
shall withdraw Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-A from 
the Collection Account and deposit the same into the Principal Account.

      (c)  Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Available 
Investor Principal Collections to be treated as Shared Principal 
Collections on any Transfer Date allocable to other Series in Group One, on 
each Determination Date, Servicer shall determine the Class A Required 
Amount, Class B Required Amount, Excess Spread and Reallocated Principal 
Collections as of such Determination Date for the following Transfer Date.

      (d) The aggregate amount allocable to Series 1996-A and required to 
be transferred from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal Account 
with respect to any Transfer Date for purposes of the definition of 
"Investor Principal Collections" means an amount equal to the Principal 
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-A for such Transfer Date 
minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-A 
from other Series in Group One on that Transfer Date; provided that if the 
aggregate amount required to be withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account 
pursuant to Section 4.2 for all Series (whether or not included in Group 
One) for such Transfer Date is less than the cumulative Principal Shortfall 
minus available Shared Principal Collections for all Series (whether or not 
included in Group One) for such Transfer Date, then the aggregate amount 
allocable to Series 1996-A and required to be transferred on such Transfer 
Date shall equal the product of (i) the aggregate amount required to be 
withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.2 for all 
Series for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, (A) the numerator of 
which is (A) the Principal Shortfall with respect to Series 1996-A for such 
Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections allocated to 
Series 1996-A from other Series in Group One on that Transfer Date and (B) 
the denominator of which is the cumulative Principal Shortfall for all 
Series minus available Shared Principal Collections for all Series (whether 
or not included in Group One) for such Transfer Date.

      SECTION 4.16  Finance Charge Account, Principal Account and 
Distribution Account. (a)  Trustee shall establish and maintain with an 
Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the name of the Trust, on 
behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Investor Holders, three 
segregated trust accounts (the "Finance Charge Account", the "Principal 
Account", and the "Distribution Account"), bearing a designation clearly 
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the 
Investor Holders. Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in 
all funds on deposit from time to time in the Finance Charge Account, the 
Principal Account and the Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof. 
The Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution 
Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of Trustee for the 
benefit of the Investor Holders. If at any time the institution holding the 
Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account 
ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and 
Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10 
Business Days, establish a new Finance Charge Account, a new Principal 
Account and a new Distribution Account meeting the conditions specified 
above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Finance 
Charge Account,  Principal Account, and Distribution Account. Trustee, at 
the direction of Servicer, shall make withdrawals from the Finance Charge 
Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account from time to 
time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Series 
Supplement and the Agreement.  Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate 
records reflecting each transaction in the Finance Charge Account, the 
Principal Account and the Distribution Account and that the funds held 
therein shall at all times be held in trust for the benefit of the Investor 
Holders.

      (b)  Funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account and the Principal 
Account from time to time shall be invested and reinvested at the direction 
of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible Investments that will mature so that 
such funds will be available for withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. 
Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the Investor Holders possession 
of the negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such 
Eligible Investments. No Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to 
its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i) such disposal will 
not result in a loss of all or part of the principal portion of such 
Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such Eligible 
Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any 
other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. On each Distribution 
Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and 
investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account and 
the Principal Account shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge 
Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount for purposes of this Series 
Supplement.

      SECTION 4.17  Cash Collateral Account.  (a) Servicer shall establish 
and maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the 
name of Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a segregated trust account (the 
"Cash Collateral Account") bearing a designation clearly indicating that 
the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor 
Holders.  Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds 
on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account and in all 
proceeds thereof.  The Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole 
dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders.  
If at any time an Eligible Institution holding the Cash Collateral Account 
ceases to be an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and 
Trustee upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 
Business Days establish a new Cash Collateral Account meeting the 
conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments 
to such new Cash Collateral Account.  Trustee, at the direction of 
Servicer, shall make deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Collateral 
Account in the amounts and at the times set forth in this Series Supplement 
and the Loan Agreement.  All withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account 
shall be made in the priority set forth below.

      (b)  On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $13,750,000  in 
immediately available funds into the Cash Collateral Account.  Funds on 
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time shall be invested 
and/or reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in Eligible 
Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for 
withdrawal on the following Transfer Date.  No Eligible Investment shall be 
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and either (i) 
such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of the principal 
portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the maturity of such 
Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest 
or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment.  Trustee 
shall maintain for the benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the 
negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible 
Investments.  On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of 
losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date 
on funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall be treated as 
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Invested Amount 
and shall be part of Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds and 
Collateral Available Funds for such Transfer Date.  For purposes of 
determining the availability of funds or the balances in the Cash 
Collateral Account for any reason under this Series Supplement, all 
investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on 
deposit.

      (c)  On each Determination Date, Servicer shall calculate the amount 
(the "Required Draw Amount") by which the sum of the amounts specified in 
clauses (a) through (d) of Section 4.13 with respect to the related 
Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread allocated with respect to 
the related Monthly Period.  In the event that for any Transfer Date the 
Required Draw Amount is greater than zero, Servicer shall give written 
notice to Trustee and the Collateral Interest Holder of such positive 
Required Draw Amount on the related Determination Date.  On the related 
Transfer Date, the Required Draw Amount, if any, up to the Available Cash 
Collateral Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account and 
distributed to fund any deficiency pursuant to Section 4.13(a) through (d) 
(in the order of priority set forth in Section 4.13).

      (d)  If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from 
the Cash Collateral Account and adjustments to the Collateral Interest with 
respect to any Transfer Date, the Collateral Interest has been reduced to 
zero and there is an Enhancement Surplus (after giving effect to such 
reduction), Trustee, acting in accordance with the instructions of 
Servicer, shall withdraw an amount equal to such Enhancement Surplus from 
the Cash Collateral Account, and apply it in accordance with the Loan 
Agreement. 

      SECTION 4.18  Determination of LIBOR. As needed for the determination 
of Collateral Rate, Trustee will determine LIBOR pursuant to the terms of 
the Loan Agreement.

      SECTION 4.19  Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a Deposit or 
Payment. If Servicer or Transferor fails to make, or give instructions to 
make, any payment or deposit (other than as required by Sections 2.5, 2.6 
or 12.2) required to be made or given by Servicer or Transferor, 
respectively, at the time specified in the Agreement (including applicable 
grace periods), Trustee shall make such payment or deposit from the Finance 
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Cash Collateral Account and/or 
the Distribution Account, as applicable, without instruction from Servicer 
or Transferor. Trustee shall be required to make any such payment, deposit 
or withdrawal hereunder only to the extent that Trustee has sufficient 
information to allow it to determine the amount thereof; provided that 
Trustee shall in all cases be deemed to have sufficient information to 
determine the amount of interest payable to the Investor Holders on each 
Distribution Date. Servicer shall, upon request of Trustee, promptly 
provide Trustee with all information necessary to allow Trustee to make 
such payment, deposit or withdrawal. Such funds or the proceeds of such 
withdrawal shall be applied by Trustee in the manner in which such payment 
or deposit should have been made by Transferor or Servicer, as the case may 
be.

      SECTION VIII.  Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the Agreement 
shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the 
Investor Holders:

ARTICLE V     DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO
              INVESTOR HOLDERS

      SECTION 5.1  Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date, Trustee 
shall distribute (in accordance with the certificate delivered on or before 
the related Transfer Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 
3.4(b)) to each Class A Holder of record on the immediately preceding 
Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2 
respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share (based on the 
share of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Class A 
Certificates represented by the Class A Certificates held by such Holder) 
of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are payable to the 
Class A Holders pursuant to Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class A 
Holder (at such Holder's address as it appears in the Certificate 
Register), except that with respect to Class A Certificates registered in 
the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be 
made by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

      (b)  On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in 
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related Transfer 
Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) to each Class B 
Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than as 
provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution) 
such Holder's pro rata share (based on the share of the aggregate 
outstanding principal balance of all Class B Certificates represented by 
the Class B Certificates held by such Holder) of amounts on deposit in the 
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class B Holders pursuant to 
Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class B Holder (at such Holder's 
address as it appears in the Certificate Register), except that with 
respect to Class B Certificates registered in the name of the nominee of a 
Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made by wire transfer in 
immediately available funds.

      SECTION 5.2  Reports. (a)  Monthly Series 1996-A Servicer's 
Certificate. On or before each Distribution Date, Trustee shall forward to 
each Investor Holder and each Rating Agency a statement substantially in 
the form of Exhibit C prepared by Servicer and delivered to Trustee. 

      (b)  Annual Holders' Tax Statement. On or before January 31 of each 
calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1997, Trustee shall distribute 
to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was an 
Investor Holder, a statement prepared by Servicer containing the following 
information:

           (i)  the amount of the current distribution allocable to Class A 
      Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and Collateral Monthly 
      Principal, respectively; and

           (ii) the amount of the current distribution allocable to Class A 
      Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amounts, Class A Additional 
      Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class B Deficiency Amounts, Class 
      B Additional Interest and Collateral Monthly Interest, and any 
      accrued and unpaid Collateral Monthly Interest, respectively.

Such information shall be aggregated for such calendar year or the 
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was an Investor Holder, 
together with such other customary information (consistent with the 
treatment of the Certificates as debt) as Trustee or Servicer deems 
necessary or desirable to enable the Investor Holders to prepare their tax 
returns. Such obligations of Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied 
to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided 
by Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.

      SECTION IX.  Series 1996-A Early Amortization Events. If any one of 
the following events shall occur with respect to the Investor Certificates:

      A.  failure on the part of Transferor (i) to make any payment or 
deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement or (B) this Series 
Supplement, on or before the date occurring five days after the date such 
payment or deposit is required to be made herein or (ii) duly to observe or 
perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of Transferor 
set forth in the Agreement or this Series Supplement (including the 
covenant of Transferor contained in Section 11 of this Series Supplement), 
which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 1996-A Holders 
(which determination shall be made without reference to whether any funds 
are available under the Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) 
and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on 
which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, 
shall have been given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and 
Trustee by Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested 
Amount of this Series 1996-A, and continues to affect materially and 
adversely the interests of the Series 1996-A Holders (which determination 
shall be made without reference to whether any funds are available under 
the Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) for such period;

      B.  any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the 
Agreement or this Series Supplement, or any information contained in an 
Account Schedule required to be delivered by Transferor pursuant to Section 
2.1 or 2.8, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect 
when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any 
material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written 
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been 
given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and Trustee by Investor 
Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of this Series 
1996-A, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of the Series 1996-A 
Holders are materially and adversely affected (which determination shall be 
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the 
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) and continue to be 
materially and adversely affected for such period; provided that a Series 
1996-A Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall not be 
deemed to have occurred hereunder if Transferor has accepted reassignment 
of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable, 
during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;

      C.  the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly 
Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate for 
such period;

      D.  Transferor shall fail to convey Receivables arising under 
Additional Accounts, or Participations, to the Trust, as required by 
Section 2.8(b); provided that such failure shall not give rise to an Early 
Amortization Event if, prior to the date on which such conveyance was 
required to be completed, Transferor causes a reduction in the invested 
amount of any Variable Interest to occur, so that, after giving effect to 
that reduction (i) the Transferor Amount is not less than the Minimum 
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, if 
any) and (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus 
amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account is not less than the 
Required Principal Balance;

      E.  any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material 
adverse effect on the Series 1996-A Holders (which determination shall be 
made without reference to whether any funds are available under the 
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account); 

      F.  the Class A Invested Amount shall not be paid in full on or prior 
to the Class A Final Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B Invested Amount 
shall not be paid in full on or prior to the Class B Scheduled Payment 
Date; or

      (g) The Limited shall fail generally to, or admit in writing its 
inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or a proceeding shall have 
been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a 
decree or order for relief in respect of The Limited in an involuntary case 
under any Debtor Relief Law, or for the appointment of a receiver, 
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or 
other similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its 
property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such 
proceeding shall continue undismissed or unstayed and in effect, for a 
period of 60 consecutive days, or any of the actions sought in such 
proceeding shall occur; or the commencement by The Limited of a voluntary 
case under any Debtor Relief Law, or The Limited's consent to the entry of 
an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or 
consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, 
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or 
other similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its 
property, or any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or The 
Limited shall have taken any corporate action in furtherance of any of the 
foregoing actions;

then, in the case of any event described in Section 9(a), (b) or (e) 
hereof, after the applicable grace period set forth in such Sections, 
either Trustee or Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the 
Invested Amount of this Series 1996-A by notice then given in writing to 
Transferor and Servicer (and to Trustee if given by the Holders) may 
declare that an early amortization event (a "Series 1996-A Early 
Amortization Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the 
case of any event described in Section 9(c), (d), (f) or (g) hereof, a 
Series 1996-A Early Amortization Event shall occur without any notice or 
other action on the part of Trustee or the Investor Holders immediately 
upon the occurrence of such event.

      SECTION X.  Series 1996-A Termination. The right of the Investor 
Holders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first 
Business Day following the Series 1996-A Termination Date.

      SECTION XI.  Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees. Transferor 
hereby agrees that, except as otherwise required by any Requirement of Law, 
or as is deemed by Transferor to be necessary in order for Transferor to 
maintain its credit card business, based upon a good faith assessment by 
Transferor, in its sole discretion, of the nature of the competition in the 
credit card business, it shall not at any time reduce the Periodic Finance 
Charges assessed on any Receivable or other fees on any Account if, as a 
result of such reduction, Transferor's reasonable expectation of the 
Portfolio Yield as of such date would be less than the then Base Rate.

      SECTION XII.  Limitations on Addition of Approved Portfolios. 
Transferor may designate additional Approved Portfolios if (a) the Rating 
Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to that designation and (b) 
Transferor delivers to Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that all UCC financing 
statements or amendments required to perfect the interest of the Trust in 
Receivables arising in accounts included in each such Additional Portfolio 
have been made.

      SECTION XIII.  Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed 
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to 
be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but 
one and the same instrument.

      SECTION XIV.  Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT 
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS 
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE 
WITH SUCH LAWS.

      SECTION XV.  Additional Provisions. (a) Notwithstanding the 
provisions of Section 2.10(a), the Discount Percentage may exceed 3%, so 
long as the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

      (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8, no new accounts 
that would otherwise be Automatic Additional Accounts shall be treated as 
such on any Addition Date if both of the following statements are true:

           (i)  an Automatic Addition Limitation Event has occurred, and 
      the Rating Agency Condition has not been satisfied as to the 
      resumption of treating new accounts as Automatic Additional Accounts; 
      and 

           (ii)  the number of such Automatic Additional Accounts would 
      exceed an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (A) 20% of the 
      aggregate number of Accounts determined as of the first day of the 
      fiscal year of Transferor in which the Addition Date occurs over (B) 
      the aggregate amount of Automatic Additional Accounts and 
      Supplemental Accounts the Addition Date for which has occurred since 
      the first day of such fiscal year.

      An "Automatic Addition Limitation Event" will be deemed to occur on 
any Determination Date if: 

           (1) the average of the default ratio for that Determination Date 
      and the preceding two Determination Dates is greater than 1.5%, where 
      the "default ratio" for any Determination Date equals the percentage 
      equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator of which is the aggregate 
      of the Default Amounts for all Accounts that became Defaulted 
      Accounts during the related Monthly Period and (B) the denominator of 
      which is the total Receivables as of the end of the sixth preceding 
      Monthly Period; or

           (2) the average of the payment rate for that Determination Date 
      and the preceding two Determination Dates is less than 10%, where the 
      "payment rate" for any Determination Date equals the percentage 
      equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator of which is the aggregate 
      Collections received during the related Monthly Period and (B) the 
      denominator of which is equal to the total Receivables held by the 
      Trust at the close of business for the Monthly Period immediately 
      prior to such related Monthly Period. 

      (c) The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is hereby specified as 
an additional amount to be considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount 
pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Minimum Transferor Amount.

      (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.9(a), so long as any 
of the Investor Certificates remain outstanding, Transferor shall make 
deposits of the type referred to in that Section as if the antepenultimate 
and penultimate sentences of the first grammatical paragraph of that 
Section read as follows:

      "Any adjustment required pursuant to either of the two preceding 
      sentences shall be made on the first Business Day after the Date of 
      Processing for the event giving rise to such adjustment. If, 
      following the exclusion of such Principal Receivables from the 
      calculation of the Transferor Amount, the Transferor Amount would be 
      less than the Specified Transferor Amount, not later than the close 
      of business on such first Business Day, Transferor shall make a 
      deposit into the Excess Funding Account in immediately available 
      funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor Amount 
      would be less than the Specified Transferor Amount (up to the amount 
      of such Principal Receivables).".

Amounts deposited in the Excess Funding Account pursuant to this Section 
15(d) shall be deemed for all purposes of the Agreement to have been 
deposited pursuant to such penultimate sentence.

      (e) Notwithstanding the definition of "Identified Portfolio" 
appearing in Section 1.1, for purposes of Series 1996-A, the definition of 
"Identified Portfolio" shall be as follows:

           ""Identified Portfolio" means any Accounts owned from time to 
      time by WFN and included in the private label credit card programs of 
      Bath & Body Works, Inc., Cacique, Inc., Lane Bryant, Inc., Lerner New 
      York, Inc., Express, Inc., Structure, Inc., Victoria's Secret Stores, 
      Inc., Victoria's Secret Catalogue, Inc., The Limited Stores, Inc., 
      Limited Too, Inc., Abercrombie & Fitch, Inc., Henri Bendel, Inc. and 
      Brylane, L.P. (but limited, in the case of Brylane, L.P., to accounts 
      related to the Lane Bryant, Lerner New York and Roamans catalogues). 
      To avoid doubt, the foregoing programs include all cards issued under 
      the insignia of "Limited Fashion Group."".

      (f) Notwithstanding Section 3.6, Servicer shall, in lieu of 
delivering any annual report by a firm of nationally recognized independent 
public accountants required to be delivered pursuant to such Section on or 
before the 90th day following the end of 1996 and each subsequent calendar 
year, deliver any such annual report on or before the 90th day following 
the end of its 1996 fiscal year and each of its subsequent fiscal years.

      (g) Notwithstanding Section 4.4: (i) during the Controlled 
Amortization Period and the Early Amortization Period, Transferor may not 
apply Shared Principal Collections as principal with respect to any 
Variable Interest, unless such application of principal is made on any 
Transfer Date or related Distribution Date after the application of Shared 
Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.15 and (ii) Shared Principal 
Collections allocable to Series 1996-A pursuant to Section 4.4 shall be 
withdrawn on each Transfer Date, rather than each Distribution Date. 
Notwithstanding Section 4.5, Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to 
Series 1996-A pursuant to Section 4.5 shall be withdrawn on each Transfer 
Date, rather than each Distribution Date.

      SECTION XVI.  No Petition. Transferor, Servicer and Trustee, by 
entering into this Series Supplement and each Holder, by accepting a Series 
1996-A Certificate hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time 
institute against the Trust, or join in any institution against the Trust 
of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state 
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to 
the Investor Holders, the Agreement or this Series Supplement.

      SECTION XVII.  Amendments. This Series Supplement may be amended 
pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Agreement. This Series Supplement may also 
be amended by Transferor without the consent of Servicer, Trustee or any 
Investor Holder if Transferor provides Trustee with: (i) an Opinion of 
Counsel to the effect that such amendment or modification would (A) reduce 
the risk that the Trust would be treated as taxable as a publicly traded 
partnership pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 7704 or (B) permit 
the Trust or a relevant portion thereof to be treated as a "financial asset 
securitization investment trust" and (C) in either case, (1) would not 
cause the Trust to be classified, for Federal income tax purposes, as an 
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and 
(2) would not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be 
recognized by any Investor Holder; and (ii) a certificate that such 
amendment or modification would not materially and adversely affect any 
Investor Holder; provided that no such amendment shall be deemed effective 
without Trustee's consent, if Trustee's rights, duties and obligations 
hereunder are thereby modified.  Prior to the execution of any such 
amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 13.1(a) of the 
Agreement), Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of such 
amendment to each Rating Agency.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused this 
Series 1996-A Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers 
as of the day and year first above written.



                                WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
                                NATIONAL BANK,
                                  Transferor and Servicer


                                By:___________________________________
                                   Name: 
                                   Title: 




                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                  Trustee


                                By:____________________________________
                                   Name: 
                                   Title:



 
                                                             EXHIBIT A-1



                           FORM OF CERTIFICATE
                           -------------------
                                 CLASS A

      Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized representative 
of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to World 
Financial Network National Bank or its agent for registration of transfer, 
exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name 
of Cede & Co. or in such other name as requested by an authorized 
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such 
other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY 
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY 
PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has 
an interest herein.


No. ___                                                     $_____________ 
                                                    CUSIP No. ____________


            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST 
                              6.70% CLASS A
                 ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-A


Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists 
of a portfolio of credit card receivables generated or acquired by World 
Financial Network National Bank and other assets and interests constituting 
the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.

                  (Not an interest in or obligation of
                  World Financial Network National Bank
                       or any Affiliate thereof.)

      This certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Class A Holder") is the 
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the 
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a portfolio of all 
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card 
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the "Accounts"), 
(ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time 
thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from accountholders in 
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on 
deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and in the Series 
Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Enhancements, if any, with respect to one 
or more Series of Investor Certificates, (vi) the benefits of the 
Collateral Interest and (vii) the other assets and interests constituting 
the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 
17, 1996 as supplemented by the Series 1996-A Supplement dated as of May 9, 
1996 (collectively, the "Agreement"), between World Financial Network 
National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer ("Servicer"), and 
The Bank of New York, as Trustee ("Trustee"). 

      The Series 1996-A Certificates are issued in two classes, the Class A 
Certificates (of which this certificate is one) and the Class B 
Certificates, which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates in certain 
rights of payment as described in the Agreement.

      Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1996-A 
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-A Certificates will 
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of Transferor, 
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and each Series 1996-A 
Holder (or Series 1996-A Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Series 
1996-A Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1996-A Certificate Owner, by 
virtue of such Series 1996-A Certificate Owner's acquisition of a 
beneficial interest therein), agrees to treat and to take no action 
inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1996-A Certificates (or any 
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal, 
state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax 
imposed on or measured by income, value of intangible property or net 
worth. Each Series 1996-A Holder agrees that it will cause any Series 
1996-A Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-A 
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the 
Series 1996-A Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.

      To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have 
the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Class A 
Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and 
conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to 
time, the Class A Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by 
which the Class A Holder is bound.

      This Class A Certificate represents an interest in only World 
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class A Certificate does 
not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or Servicer, 
and the Series 1996-A Certificates, the Collateral Interest and the 
Accounts or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Series 
1996-A Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain collections 
respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove 
and in the Agreement.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by 
or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Class A 
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be 
valid for any purpose.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank has 
caused this Class A Certificate to be duly executed under its official 
seal.


                                     By:__________________________________
                                                Authorized Officer







                      CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
                      -----------------------------

DATED:____________________

           This is one of the 6.70% Class A Asset-Backed Certificates, 
Series 1996-A referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.



                                     THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                     Trustee



                                     By:_______________________________
                                            Authorized Signatory





                                                             EXHIBIT A-2



                           FORM OF CERTIFICATE
                           -------------------

                                 CLASS B

      Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized representative 
of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to World 
Financial Network National Bank or its agent for registration of transfer, 
exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name 
of Cede & Co. or in such other name as requested by an authorized 
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such 
other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY 
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY 
PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has 
an interest herein.



No. ___                                                     $____________
                                                    CUSIP No. ___________      
    


            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                              7.00% CLASS B
                 ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-A


Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists 
of a portfolio of credit card receivables generated or acquired by World 
Financial Network National Bank and other assets and interests constituting 
the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.

                  (Not an interest in or obligation of
                  World Financial Network National Bank
                       or any Affiliate thereof.)

      This certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Class B Holder") is the 
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the 
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a portfolio of all 
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card 
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the "Accounts"), 
(ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time 
thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from accountholders in 
respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on 
deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding Account and in the Series 
Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Enhancements, if any, with respect to one 
or more Series of Investor Certificates, (vi) the benefits of the 
Collateral Interest and (vii) the other assets and interests constituting 
the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 
17, 1996 as supplemented by the Series 1996-A Supplement dated as of May 9, 
1996 (collectively, the "Agreement"), between World Financial Network 
National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer ("Servicer"), and 
The Bank of New York, as Trustee ("Trustee"). 

      The Series 1996-A Certificates are issued in two classes, the Class A 
Certificates and the Class B Certificates (of which this certificate is 
one), which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates in certain rights 
of payment as described in the Agreement.

      Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1996-A 
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-A Certificates will 
qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of Transferor, 
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and each Series 1996-A 
Holder (or Series 1996-A Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Series 
1996-A Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1996-A Certificate Owner, by 
virtue of such Series 1996-A Certificate Owner's acquisition of a 
beneficial interest therein), agrees to treat and to take no action 
inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1996-A Certificates (or any 
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal, 
state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax 
imposed on or measured by income, value of intangible property or net 
worth. Each Series 1996-A Holder agrees that it will cause any Series 
1996-A Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-A 
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the 
Series 1996-A Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.

      To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have 
the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Class B 
Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and 
conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended from time to 
time, the Class B Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by 
which the Class B Holder is bound.

      This Class B Certificate represents an interest in only World 
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class B Certificate does 
not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or Servicer, 
and the Series 1996-A Certificates, the Collateral Interest and the 
Accounts or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. This Series 
1996-A Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain collections 
respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove 
and in the Agreement.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by 
or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Class B 
Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be 
valid for any purpose.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank has 
caused this Class B Certificate to be duly executed under its official 
seal.


                                     By:______________________________
                                           Authorized Officer




                      CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
                      -----------------------------


DATED:______________________


      This is one of the 7.00% Class B Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 
1996-A referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                 Trustee



                                 By:_______________________________
                                         Authorized Signatory





                                                               EXHIBIT B
                                                               ---------


                FORM OF MONTHLY PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS AND
                        NOTIFICATION TO TRUSTEE 
                  WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                              SERIES 1996-A
               MONTHLY PERIOD ENDING ______________, ____





                                                               EXHIBIT C


                     FORM OF MONTHLY SERIES 1996-A 
                     -----------------------------
                           HOLDERS' STATEMENT
                           ------------------

                              SERIES 1996-A

                  WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK

                ________________________________________


            WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST 

                ________________________________________


<PAGE>
                                                   EXECUTION COPY
                                                               
                                                                  

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

               WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK

                      Transferor and Servicer

                                and

                       THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                              Trustee

                 on behalf of the Investor Holders

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                                                               

                     SERIES 1996-B SUPPLEMENT

                      Dated as of May 9, 1996

                                to

                  POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                   Dated as of January 17, 1996

                -------------------------------------                          
                          

         WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST 

             $283,500,000 6.95% Class A Asset-Backed 
                    Certificates, Series 1996-B

              $29,750,000 7.20% Class B Asset-Backed
                    Certificates, Series 1996-B

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                               Page
                                                               ----
SECTION 1.  Designation.......................................  1

SECTION 2.  Definitions.......................................  2

SECTION 3.  Servicing Fee..................................... 20

SECTION 4.  Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and 
                Termination Provisions........................ 21

SECTION 5.  Delivery and Payment for the Investor 
                Certificates...................................22

SECTION 6.  Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor 
                Certificates.................................. 22

SECTION 7.  Article IV of Agreement........................... 22

     SECTION 4.6  Rights of Holders and the 
                    Collateral Interest Holder................ 22
     SECTION 4.7  Allocations................................. 23
     SECTION 4.8  Determination of Monthly Interest........... 27
     SECTION 4.9  Determination of Monthly Principal.......... 28
     SECTION 4.10 Coverage of Required Amount................. 29
     SECTION 4.11 Monthly Payments............................ 31
     SECTION 4.12 Investor Charge-Offs........................ 35
     SECTION 4.13 Excess Spread............................... 36
     SECTION 4.14 Reallocated Principal Collections........... 38
     SECTION 4.15 Shared Principal Collections; Amounts 
                    Transferred from the Excess Funding 
                    Account to the Principal Account.......... 40

     SECTION 4.16 Finance Charge Account, Principal 
                    Account, Principal Funding Account and 
                    Distribution Account...................... 41
     SECTION 4.17 Reserve Account............................. 43
     SECTION 4.18 Cash Collateral Account..................... 44
     SECTION 4.19 Determination of LIBOR...................... 46
     SECTION 4.20 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to 
                    Make a Deposit or Payment................. 46

SECTION 8.  Article V of the Agreement........................ 46

     SECTION 5.1  Distributions............................... 47
     SECTION 5.2  Reports..................................... 47

SECTION 9.  Series 1996-B Early Amortization Events........... 48

SECTION 10. Series 1996-B Termination......................... 50

SECTION 11. Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees........... 50

SECTION 12. Limitations on Addition of Approved 
              Portfolios...................................... 50

SECTION 13. Counterparts...................................... 51

SECTION 14. Governing Law..................................... 51

SECTION 15. Additional Provisions............................. 51

SECTION 16. No Petition....................................... 53

SECTION 17. Amendments........................................ 53


EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Class A Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Class B Certificate
EXHIBIT B   Form of Monthly Payment Instructions
              and Notification to Trustee
EXHIBIT C   Form of Monthly Series 1996-B
              Holders' Statement


     SERIES 1996-B SUPPLEMENT, dated as of May 9, 1996 (this "Series 
Supplement"), between WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK, a 
national banking association, as Transferor ("Transferor") and 
Servicer ("Servicer"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee 
("Trustee"), under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of 
January 17, 1996 between the same parties (the "Agreement").

     Section 6.3 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that 
Transferor and Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter 
into a supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the 
delivery by Trustee to Transferor for the execution and redelivery to 
Trustee for authentication of one or more Series of Certificates.

     Pursuant to this Series Supplement, Transferor and the Trust 
shall create a new Series of Investor Certificates and shall specify 
the Principal Terms thereof.

     SECTION 1.  Designation. (a) There is hereby created a Series of 
Investor Certificates to be issued in two classes pursuant to the 
Agreement and this Series Supplement and to be known together as the 
"Series 1996-B Certificates."  The two classes shall be designated the 
6.95% Class A Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 1996-B (the "Class A 
Certificates") and the 7.20% Class B Asset-Backed Certificates, Series 
1996-B (the "Class B Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and the 
Class B Certificates shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits 
A-1 and A-2, respectively. In addition, there is hereby created a 
third Class which constitutes an uncertificated interest in the Trust, 
shall be deemed to be an "Investor Certificate" for all purposes under 
the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as expressly provided 
in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement, and shall be known as the 
Collateral Interest, Series 1996-B and have the rights assigned to the 
Collateral Interest in this Series Supplement.  The Collateral 
Interest Holder shall be deemed to be an "Investor Holder" for all 
purposes under the Agreement and this Series Supplement, except as 
expressly provided in Section 1(c) of this Series Supplement.

     (b)  Series 1996-B shall be included in Group One (as defined 
below). Series 1996-B shall not be subordinated to any other Series.

     (c)  The Collateral Interest Holder, as holder of an "Investor 
Certificate" under the Agreement, shall be entitled to the benefits of 
the Agreement and this Series Supplement upon payment by the 
Collateral Interest Holder of amounts owing on the Closing Date 
pursuant to the Loan Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except 
as expressly provided herein, the provisions of Article VI and Article 
XII of the Agreement relating to the registration, authentication, 
delivery, presentation, cancellation and surrender of Registered 
Certificates shall not be applicable to the Collateral Interest.

     SECTION 2.  Definitions. If any term or provision contained 
herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision 
contained in the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Series 
Supplement shall govern. References to any Article or Section are 
references to Articles or Sections of the Agreement, except as 
otherwise expressly provided. All capitalized terms not otherwise 
defined herein are defined in the Agreement, and the interpretive 
provisions set out in Section 1.2 of the Agreement apply to this 
Series Supplement. Each capitalized term defined herein relates only 
to the Investor Certificates and no other Series of Certificates 
issued by the Trust.

     "Accumulation Shortfall" initially means zero and thereafter 
means, with respect to any Monthly Period during the Controlled 
Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit 
Amount for the previous Monthly Period over the amount deposited into 
the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.11(e)(i) with 
respect to the Class A Certificates for the previous Monthly Period.

     "Additional Minimum Transferor Amount" means (a) as of any date 
of determination falling in November, December and January of each 
calendar year, the product of (i) 2% and (ii) the sum of (A) the 
aggregate Principal Receivables and (B) amounts on deposit in the 
Excess Funding Account and (b) as of any date of determination falling 
in any other month, zero; provided that the amount specified in clause 
(a) shall be without duplication with the amount specified as the 
"Additional Minimum Transferor Amount" in the Supplement relating to 
the Series 1996-A Certificates issued by the Trust (or in any future 
Supplement that specifies such an amount and indicates that such 
amount is without duplication of the amount specified in clause (a)).  
The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is specified pursuant to 
Section 15(c) of this Series supplement as an additional amount to be 
considered part of the Minimum Transferor Amount.

     "Adjusted Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, 
an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount 
and (b) the Class B Invested Amount and (c) the Collateral Interest.

     "Aggregate Investor Default Amount" means, as to any Monthly 
Period, the sum of the Investor Default Amounts in respect of such 
Monthly Period.

     "Automatic Addition Limitation Event" is defined in Section 15(b) 
of this Series Supplement.

     "Available Cash Collateral Amount" means with respect to any 
Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash 
Collateral Account on such date (before giving effect to any deposit 
to, or withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account to be made with 
respect to such date) and (b) the Required Enhancement Amount as of 
the prior Transfer Date.

     "Available Investor Principal Collections" means, as to any 
Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the Investor Principal 
Collections for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of 
Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Monthly Period 
which pursuant to Section 4.14 are required to fund the Class A 
Required Amount and the Class B Required Amount (other than any 
portions thereof that are applied pursuant to (x) Section 4.11(a)(iii) 
and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such portions pursuant to 
Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B Investor Default 
Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount), which shall, without 
duplication, be included as Available Investor Principal Collections), 
plus (c) the amount of Shared Principal Collections with respect to 
Group One that are allocated to Series 1996-B in accordance with 
Section 4.15(b).

     "Available Reserve Account Amount" means, as to any Transfer 
Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account 
on such date (after taking into account any interest and earnings 
retained in the Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.17(b) on such 
date, but before giving effect to any deposit made or to be made 
pursuant to Section 4.13(i) to the Reserve Account on such date) and 
(b) the Required Reserve Account Amount.

     "Base Rate" means, as to any Monthly Period, the annualized 
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal 
to the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly 
Interest and the Collateral Monthly Interest, each for the related 
Distribution Period, and the Servicing Fee with respect to such 
Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as 
of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

     "Cash Collateral Account" is defined in Section 4.18(a).

     "Class A Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).

     "Class A Adjusted Invested Amount" means, on any date of 
determination, an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount minus 
the Principal Funding Account Balance on such date of determination.

     "Class A Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an 
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Floating Allocation 
Percentage of the sum of (i) the Collections of Finance Charge 
Receivables allocated to the Investor Certificates and deposited in 
the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly Period (or required to be 
deposited in the Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date 
(before giving effect to any netting) with respect to the preceding 
Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) and (ii) the interest and 
earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to be treated as Collections 
of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section 4.18(b) on the 
related Transfer Date, (b) with respect to any Monthly Period during 
the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the 
Class A Invested Amount, the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds 
arising pursuant to Section 4.16(b), if any, with respect to the 
related Transfer Date and (c) amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from 
the Reserve Account which will be deposited into the Finance Charge 
Account on the related Transfer Date pursuant to Sections 4.17(b) and 
4.17(d).

     "Class A Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 6.95%.

     "Class A Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

     "Class A Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(a).

     "Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent 
(which percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount as of 
the close of business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the 
denominator of which is equal to the numerator used in determining the 
related Fixed Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is 
paired with a Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs 
with respect to such Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation 
Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered to Trustee and 
Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that such 
numerator is not less than the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount (less 
the balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject to 
being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal 
Collections) as of the last day of the revolving period for such 
Paired Series).

     "Class A Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Adjusted 
Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the 
preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the 
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on such last day; 
provided that, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class A 
Floating Allocation Percentage means the percentage equivalent of a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Initial Invested 
Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

     "Class A Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class A 
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class A Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial 
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $283,500,000.

     "Class A Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an 
amount equal to (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the 
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class A Holders prior 
to such date and minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount 
of Class A Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.12(a) over Class 
A Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.13(b) prior to 
such date of determination, minus (d) the amount of any reduction in 
the Class A Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by Transferor 
and subsequent cancellation of the Class A Certificates pursuant to 
Section 4(d) of this Series Supplement; provided that the Class A 
Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.

     "Class A Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution 
Amounts and Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal 
Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Class A Floating 
Allocation Percentage, and (b) with respect to Principal Receivables 
during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization 
Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage.

     "Class A Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(a).

     "Class A Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor 
Default Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A 
Floating Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Monthly 
Period.

     "Class A Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(a).

     "Class A Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(a).

     "Class A Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(a).

     "Class A Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(a).

     "Class A Scheduled Payment Date" means the May 2003 Distribution 
Date.

     "Class A Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

     "Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution 
Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class A Investor 
Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

     "Class B Additional Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).

     "Class B Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an 
amount equal to the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of the sum 
of (a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the 
Investor Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account for 
such Monthly Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance Charge 
Account on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any 
netting) with respect to the preceding Monthly Period pursuant to 
Section 4.7(d)) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral 
Account to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables 
pursuant to Section 4.18(b) on the related Transfer Date.

     "Class B Certificate Rate" means a per annum rate equal to 7.20%.

     "Class B Certificates" is defined in Section 1(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

     "Class B Deficiency Amount" is defined in Section 4.8(b).

     "Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent 
(which percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested Amount as of 
the close of business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the 
denominator of which is equal to the numerator used in determining the 
related Fixed Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is 
paired with a Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs 
with respect to such Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation 
Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered to Trustee and 
Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that such 
numerator is not less than the Class B Invested Amount (less, if the 
Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage is zero, the balance on deposit in 
the Principal Account (that is not subject to being treated as 
Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal Collections) and 
on deposit in the Principal Funding Account, in each case to the 
extent not subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation 
Percentage to zero) as of the last day of the revolving period for 
such Paired Series).

     "Class B Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Invested 
Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding 
Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted 
Invested Amount as of the close of business on such last day; provided 
that, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Class B Floating 
Allocation Percentage means the percentage equivalent of a fraction, 
the numerator of which is the Class B Initial Invested Amount and the 
denominator of which is the Initial Invested Amount.

     "Class B Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class B 
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

     "Class B Initial Invested Amount" means the aggregate initial 
principal amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $29,750,000.

     "Class B Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an 
amount equal to (a) the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus (b) the 
aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class B Holders prior 
to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor 
Charge-Offs for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(b), 
minus (d) the amount of the Reallocated Class B Principal Collections 
allocated pursuant to Section 4.14(a) on all prior Transfer Dates for 
which the Collateral Interest has not been reduced, minus (e) an 
amount equal to the amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has 
been reduced on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(a) 
and plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess Spread allocated and 
available on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.13(d), for 
the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing 
clauses (c), (d) and (e), minus (g) the amount of any reduction in the 
Class B Invested Amount as a result of the purchase by Transferor and 
subsequent cancellation of Class B Certificates pursuant to Section 
4(d) of this Series Supplement; provided that the Class B Invested 
Amount may not be reduced below zero.

     "Class B Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered Dilution 
Amounts and Finance Charge Receivables at any time and Principal 
Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating 
Allocation Percentage, and (b) with respect to Principal Receivables 
during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization 
Period, the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage.

     "Class B Investor Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(b).

     "Class B Investor Default Amount" means, as to each Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor 
Default Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B 
Floating Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Monthly 
Period.

     "Class B Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(b).

     "Class B Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(b).

     "Class B Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(b).

     "Class B Required Amount" is defined in Section 4.10(b).

     "Class B Scheduled Payment Date" means the June 2003 Distribution 
Date.

     "Class B Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

     "Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution 
Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Class B Investor 
Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

     "Closing Date" means May 9, 1996.

     "Collateral Available Funds" means, as to any Monthly Period, an 
amount equal to the Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage of the 
sum of (a) the Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to 
the Investor Certificates and deposited in the Finance Charge Account 
for such Monthly Period (or required to be deposited in the Finance 
Charge Account on the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to 
any permitted netting) with respect to the preceding Monthly Period 
pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) and (b) interest and earnings on the Cash 
Collateral Account to be treated as Collections of Finance Charge 
Receivables pursuant to Section 4.18(b) on the related Transfer Date.

     "Collateral Charge-Off" is defined in Section 4.12(c).

     "Collateral Default Amount" means, as to any Transfer Date, an 
amount equal to the product of (a) the Aggregate Investor Default 
Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Floating 
Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

     "Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, for any Monthly 
Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage equivalent 
(which percentage shall never exceed 100% or be less than zero) of a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as of the 
close of business on the last day of the Revolving Period and the 
denominator of which is equal to the numerator used in determining the 
related Fixed Allocation Percentage; provided that if Series 1996-B is 
paired with a Paired Series and an Early Amortization Event occurs 
with respect to such Paired Series during the Controlled Accumulation 
Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered to Trustee and 
Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that such 
numerator is not less than the Collateral Interest (less, if the Class 
A Fixed Allocation Percentage and the Class B Fixed Allocation 
Percentage are zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal Account 
that is not subject to being treated as Reallocated Principal 
Collections or Shared Principal Collections, to the extent not 
subtracted in reducing the Class A Fixed Allocation Percentage and/or 
the Class B Fixed Allocation Percentage to zero) as of the last day of 
the revolving period for such Paired Series).

     "Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage" means, for any 
Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall 
never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
Collateral Interest as of the close of business on the last day of the 
preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is equal to the 
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business on such last day; 
provided that, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the 
Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage means the percentage 
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral 
Initial Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial Invested 
Amount.

     "Collateral Initial Interest" means $36,750,000.

     "Collateral Interest" means, on any date of determination, a 
fractional undivided interest in the Trust which shall consist of the 
right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required 
payments to the Collateral Interest Holder under this Series 
Supplement, the portion of Collections allocable thereto under the 
Agreement and this Series Supplement, funds on deposit in the 
Collection Account allocable thereto pursuant to the Agreement and 
this Series Supplement and other amounts to be paid in respect thereof 
as provided in the Agreement and this Series Supplement.  On any date, 
for purposes of all calculations in the Agreement and this Series 
Supplement, the amount of the Collateral Interest shall be an amount 
equal to (a) the Collateral Initial Interest, minus (b) the aggregate 
amount of principal payments made to the Collateral Interest Holder 
prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Collateral 
Charge-Offs for all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to Section 4.12(c), 
minus (d) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections allocated 
pursuant to Sections 4.14(a) and (b) on all prior Transfer Dates, 
minus (e) an amount equal to the amount by which the Collateral 
Interest has been reduced on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to 
Sections 4.12(a) and (b), and plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess 
Spread allocated and available on all prior Transfer Dates pursuant to 
Section 4.13(h), for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted 
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e); provided that the 
Collateral Interest may not be reduced below zero.

     "Collateral Interest Holder" means the entity so designated in 
the Loan Agreement.

     "Collateral Interest Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of 
this Series Supplement.

     "Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage" means, for any 
Monthly Period, (a) with respect to Default Amounts, Uncovered 
Dilution Amounts and Finance Charge Receivables at any time and 
Principal Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Collateral 
Floating Allocation Percentage, and (b) with respect to Principal 
Receivables during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early 
Amortization Period, the Collateral Fixed Allocation Percentage.

     "Collateral Monthly Interest" is defined in Section 4.8(c).

     "Collateral Monthly Principal" is defined in Section 4.9(c).

     "Collateral Rate" means, for any Distribution Period, the rate 
specified in the Loan Agreement; provided that the Collateral Rate 
shall not exceed a per annum rate of 1.1% in excess of LIBOR for such 
Distribution Period for purposes of this Supplement and the Agreement.

     "Collateral Reduction Amount" is defined in Section 4.12(c).

     "Collateral Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, as to each Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Uncovered Dilution 
Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Investor 
Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Monthly Period.

     "Controlled Accumulation Amount" means (a) for any Transfer Date 
with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the 
payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount, $23,625,000; provided 
that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length is modified pursuant 
to Section 4.11(i), (i) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each 
Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period shall 
mean the amount determined in accordance with Section 4.11(i) on the 
date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period has most recently 
been modified and (ii) the sum of the Controlled Accumulation Amounts 
for all Transfer Dates with respect to the modified Controlled 
Accumulation Period shall not be less than the Class A Invested 
Amount. 

     "Controlled Accumulation Date" means May 1, 2002.

     "Controlled Accumulation Period" means, unless an Early 
Amortization Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period 
commencing at the beginning of business on the Controlled Accumulation 
Date or such later date as is determined in accordance with Section 
4.11(i) and ending on the first to occur of (a) the Early Amortization 
Commencement Date and (b) the Series 1996-B Termination Date.

     "Controlled Accumulation Period Length" is defined in Section 
4.11(i).

     "Controlled Deposit Amount" means, with respect to any Transfer 
Date, the sum of (a) the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such 
Transfer Date and (b) any existing Accumulation Shortfall.

     "Covered Amount" means an amount determined as of each Transfer 
Date with respect to any Distribution Period as the product of (a) (i) 
one-twelfth, times (ii) the Class A Certificate Rate, and (b) the 
Principal Funding Account Balance as of the Record Date preceding such 
Transfer Date.

     "Cumulative Principal Shortfall" means the sum of the Principal 
Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related 
Supplements) for each Series in Group One.

     "Default Amount" means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount 
of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables, unless 
there is an Insolvency Event with respect to Transferor) in such 
Defaulted Account on the day it became a Defaulted Account.

     "Defaulted Account" means an Account in which there are Defaulted 
Receivables.        

     "Deficiency Amount" means, at any time of determination, the sum 
of the Class A Deficiency Amount and the Class B Deficiency Amount.

     "Dilution" means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the 
amount of any Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized 
charge, fraudulent or counterfeit charge or billing error to an 
accountholder, (b) because such Receivable was created in respect of 
merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) 
for any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or 
charging off such amount as uncollectible.

     "Distribution Account"  is defined in Section 4.16(a).

     "Distribution Date" means June 17, 1996 and the fifteenth day of 
each calendar month thereafter, or if such fifteenth day is not a 
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

     "Distribution Period" means, with respect to any Distribution 
Date, the period from and including the previous Distribution Date 
through the day preceding such Distribution Date, except the initial 
Distribution Period will be the period from and including the Closing 
Date through the day preceding the initial Distribution Date.

     "Early Amortization Commencement Date" means the date on which an 
Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.1 of 
the Agreement or a Series 1996-B Early Amortization Event is deemed to 
occur pursuant to Section 9 of this Series Supplement.

     "Early Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the 
Early Amortization Commencement Date and ending on the Series 1996-B 
Termination Date.

     "Enhancement" means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, 
the subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Collateral 
Interest and the Cash Collateral Account, and with respect to the 
Class B Certificates, the subordination of the Collateral Interest and 
the Cash Collateral Account. 

     "Enhancement Agreement" means the Loan Agreement. 

     "Enhancement Provider" means the Collateral Interest Holder.

     "Enhancement Surplus" means, with respect to any Transfer Date, 
the excess, if any, of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash 
Collateral Account, plus the Collateral Interest (in each case after 
giving effect to any withdrawals, increases or reductions made with 
respect to such date other than as the result of the existence of an 
Enhancement Surplus) over (b) the Required Enhancement Amount.

     "Excess Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" means, with 
respect to each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation 
Period, the amount, if any, by which the Principal Funding Investment 
Proceeds for such Transfer Date exceed the Covered Amount determined 
on such Transfer Date.

     "Excess Spread" means, with respect to any Transfer Date and 
subject to Section 4.7(d), the sum of (a) the sum of the amounts, if 
any, with respect to such Transfer Date specified pursuant to Sections 
4.11(a)(iv), 4.11(b)(iii) and 4.11(c)(ii), plus (b) the Excess Finance 
Charge Collections, if any, allocated to Series 1996-B pursuant to 
Section 4.5 for that Transfer Date.

     "Finance Charge Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).

     "Finance Charge Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer 
Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the 
amounts specified in clauses (a) through (k) of Section 4.13 for that 
Transfer Date over (b) the sum of the amounts, if any, with respect to 
such Transfer Date specified pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iv), 
4.11(b)(iii) and 4.11(c)(ii).

     "Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P. or its successors.

     "Fixed Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of 
which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last 
day of the Revolving Period and the denominator of which is the 
greater of (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the 
Trust determined as of the close of business on the last day of the 
prior Monthly Period and (b) the sum of the numerators used to 
calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the 
Agreement) for allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for 
all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided that if 
Series 1996-B is paired with a Paired Series and an Early Amortization 
Event occurs with respect to such Paired Series during the Controlled 
Accumulation Period, Transferor may, by written notice delivered to 
Trustee and Servicer, designate a different numerator (provided that 
such numerator is not less than the Adjusted Invested Amount (less the 
balance on deposit in the Principal Account that is not subject to 
being treated as Reallocated Principal Collections or Shared Principal 
Collections) as of the last day of the revolving period for such 
Paired Series); provided further that if one or more Reset Dates occur 
in a Monthly Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage for the portion 
of the Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date (the 
"subject Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be 
determined using a denominator equal to the greater of the amounts 
specified in clauses (a) and (b) above determined as of the close of 
business on the subject Reset Date.

     "Floating Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any 
Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator 
of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the close of business 
on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to 
the first Monthly Period, the Initial Invested Amount) and the 
denominator of which is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount of 
Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of 
the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly 
Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as 
of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing 
Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the 
Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the Agreement) for 
allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Default 
Amounts, Uncovered Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as 
applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; 
provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, 
the Floating Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly 
Period falling on and after each such Reset Date (the "subject Reset 
Date") and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using 
a denominator equal to the greater of the amounts specified in clauses 
(a) and (b) above determined as of the close of business on the 
subject Reset Date.

     "Group One" means Series 1996-B and each other Series specified 
in the related Supplement to be included in Group One.

     "Initial Invested Amount" means $350,000,000.

     "Invested Amount" means, on any date of determination, an amount 
equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount, (b) the Class B 
Invested Amount and (c) the Collateral Interest, each as of such date.

     "Investor Certificates" means the Class A Certificates, the Class 
B Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

     "Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any Receivable 
in a Defaulted Account, an amount equal to the product of (a) the 
Default Amount and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage on the day 
such Account became a Defaulted Account.

     "Investor Holder" means, for all purposes of the Agreement and 
this Series Supplement, (a) with respect to the Class A Certificates, 
the holder of record of a Class A Certificate, (b) with respect to the 
Class B Certificates, the holder of record of a Class B Certificate 
and (c) with respect to the Collateral Interest, the Collateral 
Interest Holder.

     "Investor Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period, (a) with 
respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Default Amounts at any time 
and Principal Receivables during the Revolving Period, the Floating 
Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to Principal Receivables 
during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization 
Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage.

     "Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any 
Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount deposited (or 
required to be deposited on the related Transfer Date (before giving 
effect to any permitted netting) pursuant to Section 4.7(d)) into the 
Principal Account for such Monthly Period pursuant to Sections 
4.7(a)(ii) and (iii), 4.7(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv), or 4.7(c)(ii), (iii) 
and (iv), in each case, as applicable to such Monthly Period, (b) the 
aggregate amount to be treated as Investor Principal Collections 
pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(iii), and 4.13(a), (b), (c), (d), (g) and 
(h) for such Monthly Period (other than such amount paid from 
Reallocated Principal Collections), and (c) the aggregate amount 
transferred or required to be transferred on the related Transfer Date 
(before giving effect to any permitted netting pursuant to Section 
4.7(d)) from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal Account 
pursuant to Section 4.15(d).

     "LIBOR" means, for each Distribution Period, the London interbank 
offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits (reserve 
adjusted as provided for therein), as determined by Trustee in 
accordance with the Loan Agreement.

     "Loan Agreement" means the agreement among Transferor, Servicer, 
Trustee, and the Collateral Interest Holder, dated as of May 9, 1996, 
as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

     "Paired Series" means a Series that has been paired with Series 
1996-B (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded or may be 
a Variable Interest) such that a reduction of the Adjusted Invested 
Amount results in (or permits) an increase of the invested amount of 
the paired Series.

     "Portfolio Adjusted Yield" means, with respect to any Transfer 
Date, the average of the percentages obtained for each of the three 
preceding Monthly Periods by subtracting the Base Rate from the 
Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period and deducting 0.50% from the 
result for each Monthly Period.

     "Portfolio Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the 
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which 
is an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount of Collections of 
Finance Charge Receivables deposited (or required to be deposited on 
the related Transfer Date (before giving effect to any permitted 
netting), into the Finance Charge Account and allocable to the 
Investor Certificates for such Monthly Period and (b) the Principal 
Funding Investment Proceeds deposited or required to be deposited into 
the Finance Charge Account on the Transfer Date (before giving effect 
to any permitted netting) related to such Monthly Period, (c) the 
amount of the Reserve Draw Amount (up to the Available Reserve Account 
Amount) plus any amounts of interest and earnings described in Section 
4.17, and (d) interest and earnings on the Cash Collateral Account to 
be treated as Collections of  Finance Charge Receivables allocable to 
the Investor Certificates on the Transfer Date related to such Monthly 
Period, as described in Section 4.18(b), each deposited or required to 
be deposited into the Finance Charge Account on the Transfer Date 
(before giving effect to any permitted netting) relating to such 
Monthly Period, such sum to be calculated on a cash basis after 
subtracting the Aggregate Investor Default Amount for such Monthly 
Period, and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of the 
close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

     "Principal Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).

     "Principal Funding Account" is defined in Section 4.16(a).

     "Principal Funding Account Balance" means, with respect to any 
date of determination, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the 
Principal Funding Account on such date of determination.

     "Principal Funding Investment Proceeds" means, with respect to 
each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal 
Funding Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period 
from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but 
excluding such Transfer Date.

     "Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" means, with respect to 
each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the 
amount, if any, by which the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds for 
such Transfer Date are less than the Covered Amount determined as of 
such Transfer Date.

     "Principal Shortfall" means, with respect to any Transfer Date, 
the excess, if any, of (a) (i) with respect to any Transfer Date 
relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the sum of (A) the 
Controlled Deposit Amount for such Transfer Date, (B) on any Transfer 
Date after the Transfer Date on which the Class A Adjusted Invested 
Amount is reduced to zero, the Class B Invested Amount and (C) the 
lesser of the Enhancement Surplus (if any) and the Collateral Interest 
for such Transfer Date, (ii) with respect to any Transfer Date during 
the Early Amortization Period, the Adjusted Invested Amount and (iii) 
with respect to any Transfer Date relating to the Revolving Period, 
the amount specified in clause (a)(i)(C) above over (b) the Investor 
Principal Collections minus the Reallocated Principal Collections 
(other than any portions thereof that are applied pursuant to (x) 
Section 4.11(a)(iii) and (y) Section 4.13(c) (to the extent such 
portions pursuant to Section 4.13(c) are available to pay the Class B 
Investor Default Amount or the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount)) for 
such Transfer Date.

     "Rating Agency" means Moody's, S&P and Fitch.

     "Rating Agency Condition" means the notification in writing by 
each Rating Agency to Transferor, Servicer and Trustee that an action 
will not result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its then 
existing rating of the Class A Certificates or the Class B 
Certificates. 

     "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" is defined in Section 
4.14.

     "Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections" is defined in 
Section 4.14.

     "Reallocated Principal Collections" is defined in Section 4.14.

     "Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the 
last Business Day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution 
Date.

     "Required Cash Collateral Amount" means, with respect to any date 
of determination, the Required Enhancement Amount less the Collateral 
Interest.

     "Required Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.18(c). 

     "Required Enhancement Amount" means, with respect to each 
Transfer Date, the greater of (a) an amount equal to 13% of the 
Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date, after taking into 
account deposits into the Principal Funding Account on such Transfer 
Date and payments (including payments on the Collateral Interest) to 
be made on the related Distribution Date and (b) $10,500,000; provided 
that (x) if, on or prior to such Transfer Date, there has been any 
Required Draw Amount pursuant to Section 4.18(c) or any reductions in 
the Collateral Interest pursuant to clauses (c), (d) or (e) of the 
definition of such term, or an Early Amortization Event has occurred 
with respect to Series 1996-B, then the Required Enhancement Amount 
for such Transfer Date shall, subject to clauses (y) and (z), equal 
the Required Enhancement Amount on the Transfer Date immediately 
preceding such reduction, Required Draw Amount or Early Amortization 
Event, (y) in no event shall the Required Enhancement Amount exceed 
the sum of the outstanding principal amounts of (i) the Class A 
Certificates and (ii) the Class B Certificates, each as of the last 
day of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date after taking 
into account the payments to be made on the related Distribution Date 
and (z) the Required Enhancement Amount may be reduced or increased at 
Transferor's option at any time if Transferor, Servicer, the 
Collateral Interest Holder and Trustee have been provided evidence 
that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

     "Required Reserve Account Amount" means, with respect to any 
Transfer Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount 
equal to (a) 1% of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A 
Certificates or (b) any other amount designated by Transferor; 
provided that if such designation is of a lesser amount, Transferor 
shall (i) provide Servicer, the Collateral Interest Holder and Trustee 
with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and 
(ii) deliver to Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the 
effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at such time, in 
the reasonable belief of Transferor, such designation will not cause 
an Early Amortization Event or an event that, after the giving of 
notice or the lapse of time, would cause an Early Amortization Event 
to occur with respect to Series 1996-B.

     "Required Retained Transferor Percentage" means, for purposes of 
Series 1996-B, 7%.

     "Reserve Account" is defined in Section 4.17(a).

     "Reserve Account Funding Date" means the Transfer Date which 
occurs not later than the earliest of: (a) the Transfer Date with 
respect to the Monthly Period which commences no later than 3 months 
prior to May 1, 2002; (b) the first Transfer Date for which the 
Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 2.00%, but in such event the 
Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier 
than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period which 
commences 12 months prior to the anticipated commencement of the 
Controlled Accumulation Period; (c) the first Transfer Date for which 
the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 3.00%, but in such event the 
Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur earlier 
than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period which 
commences 6 months prior to the anticipated commencement of the 
Controlled Accumulation Period; and (d) the first Transfer Date for 
which the Portfolio Adjusted Yield is less than 4.00%, but in such 
event the Reserve Account Funding Date shall not be required to occur 
earlier than the Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period 
which commences 4 months prior to the anticipated commencement of the 
Controlled Accumulation Period.

     "Reserve Account Surplus" means, as of any Transfer Date 
following the Reserve Account Funding Date, the amount, if any, by 
which the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the 
Required Reserve Account Amount.

     "Reserve Draw Amount" is defined in Section 4.17(c).   

     "Reset Date" means each of (a) an Addition Date on which 
Receivables from Supplemental Accounts are added to the Trust, (b) a 
Removal Date on which, if any Series has been paid in full, Principal 
Receivables in an aggregate amount approximately equal to the initial 
investor interest of such Series are removed from the Trust, (c) a 
date on which there is an increase in the Invested Amount of any 
Variable Interest issued by the Trust and (d) any date on which a new 
Series is issued.

     "Revolving Period" means the period from and including the 
Closing Date to, but not including, the earlier of (a) the Controlled 
Accumulation Date and (b) the Early Amortization Commencement Date.
     
     "Series Account" means, as to Series 1996-B, the Distribution 
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the 
Principal Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account and the Reserve 
Account.

     "Series Allocation Percentage" means, with respect to any Monthly 
Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of 
which is the numerator used in determining the Floating Allocation 
Percentage for that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the 
sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as 
such term is defined in the Agreement) for allocations with respect to 
Finance Charge Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of 
determination; provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a 
Monthly Period, the Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of 
the Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date (the 
"subject Reset Date") and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be 
determined using a denominator which is equal to the sum of the 
numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for allocations 
with respect to Finance Charge Receivables for all outstanding Series 
as of the close of business on the subject Reset Date.

     "Series 1996-B" means the Series of the World Financial Network 
Credit Card Master Trust represented by the Investor Certificates.

     "Series 1996-B Certificates" means the Class A Certificates and 
the Class B Certificates.

     "Series 1996-B Holder" means the holder of record of a Series 
1996-B Certificate.

     "Series 1996-B Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of 
(a) the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is paid in 
full, (b) the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and 
(c) the April 2006 Distribution Date.

     "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" means 2.0%.

     "Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3(a) of this Series 
Supplement.

     "Shared Principal Collections" means, as the context requires, 
either (a) the amount allocated to the Investor Certificates which are 
treated as Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), 
4.7(b)(iv)(B), 4.7(c)(iv)(B), 4.11(d)(ii) and 4.11(e)(iv) and which 
may be applied to the principal shortfall with respect to other 
outstanding Series in Group One or (b) the amounts allocated to the 
investor certificates of other Series in Group One which the 
applicable Supplements for such Series specify are to be treated as 
"Shared Principal Collections" and which may be applied to cover the 
Principal Shortfall with respect to the Investor Certificates.

     "Specified Transferor Amount" means, at any time, the Minimum 
Transferor Amount (including the Additional Minimum Transferor Amount, 
if any) at that time.

     "Target Amount" is defined in Section 4.7(d).

     "Uncovered Dilution Amount" means an amount equal to the product 
of (x) the Series Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period 
(determined on a weighted average basis, if a Reset Date occurs during 
that Monthly Period), times (y) the aggregate Dilutions occurring 
during that Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to made 
to the Excess Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.9(a) but has not 
been made; provided that, if the Transferor Amount is greater than 
zero at the time the deposit referred to in clause (y) is required to 
be made, the Uncovered Dilution Amount for such amount to be deposited 
shall be deemed to be zero.

     SECTION 3.  Servicing Fee. The share of the Servicing Fee 
allocable to Series 1996-B with respect to any Transfer Date (the 
"Servicing Fee") shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) 
the Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (ii) the Adjusted Invested 
Amount as of the last day of the Monthly Period preceding such 
Transfer Date; provided that with respect to the first Transfer Date, 
the Servicing Fee shall equal $427,777.78. The share of the Servicing 
Fee allocable to the Class A Invested Amount (the "Class A Servicing 
Fee"), the Class B Invested Amount (the "Class B Servicing Fee") and 
the Collateral Interest (the "Collateral Interest Servicing Fee") with 
respect to any Transfer Date shall equal the Class A Floating 
Allocation Percentage, Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and 
Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage, respectively, of such 
Servicing Fee. Except as specifically provided above, the Servicing 
Fee shall be paid by the cash flows from the Trust allocated to 
Transferor or the certificateholders of other Series (as provided in 
the related Supplements) and in no event shall the Trust, Trustee or 
the Investor Holders be liable therefor. The Class A Servicing Fee 
shall be payable to Servicer solely to the extent amounts are 
available for distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 
4.11(a)(ii) and 4.13(a). The Class B Servicing Fee shall be payable 
solely to the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect 
thereof pursuant to Sections 4.11(b)(ii) and 4.13(c). The Collateral 
Interest Servicing Fee shall be payable solely to the extent amounts 
are available for distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Section 
4.13(f) or if applicable Section 4.11(c)(i).

     SECTION 4.  Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination 
Provisions. (a)  The Investor Certificates shall be subject to 
retransfer to Transferor at its option on any Distribution Date, on or 
after the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is reduced to 
an amount less than or equal to 5% of the Initial Invested Amount by 
deposit into the Collection Account for application in accordance with 
Section 12.2 of an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Adjusted 
Invested Amount (less any amounts then on deposit in the Principal 
Account), plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor 
Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which 
the repurchase occurs. Upon the tender of the outstanding Series 
1996-B Certificates by the Holders (and without tender in the case of 
the Collateral Interest), Trustee shall distribute such amount, 
together with all funds on deposit in the Principal Account and 
Principal Funding Account to the Investor Holders on the next 
Distribution Date in repayment of the principal amount and accrued and 
unpaid interest owing to the Investor Holders. Following any 
redemption, the Investor Holders shall have no further rights with 
respect to the Receivables. If Transferor fails for any reason to 
deposit in the Collection Account the aggregate purchase price for the 
Investor Certificates, payments shall continue to be made to the 
Investor Holders in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and 
this Series Supplement.

     (b) The amount required to be deposited by Transferor with 
respect to the Investor Certificates in connection with any 
reassignment of Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6 shall equal the 
sum of (i) the Adjusted Invested Amount (less any amounts then on 
deposit in the Principal Account), plus (ii) accrued and unpaid 
interest on the Investor Certificates through the day preceding the 
Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs. The amount so 
deposited together with the amount then on deposit in the Principal 
Account and the Principal Funding Account shall be distributed to the 
Holders of the Investor Certificates in final payment of the Invested 
Amount and all such other amounts on the Distribution Date on which it 
is deposited.

     (c) Proceeds available from the sale of Receivables in accordance 
with Section 12.2(c) on the Series 1996-B Termination Date shall be 
treated, to the extent of the Invested Amount, as Collections of 
Principal Receivables that have been allocated to the Investor 
Certificates and any excess shall be treated as Collections of Finance 
Charge Receivables that have been allocated to the Investor 
Certificates, in each case with respect to the prior Monthly Period.

     (d) Transferor may from time to time, purchase Class A and Class 
B Certificates on the secondary market and request Trustee to cancel 
such Class A and Class B Certificates held by Transferor and reduce 
the Class A or Class B Invested Amount, as applicable, by a 
corresponding amount; provided that Transferor may make such purchases 
and requests for cancellation of Class B Certificates resulting in a 
reduction of the Class B Invested Amount only to the extent that it 
has made (or will make contemporaneously with any such purchase and 
request for cancellation of Class B Certificates) purchases and 
requests for cancellations of Class A Certificates that result in at 
least a pro rata reduction of the Class A Invested Amount.

     SECTION 5.  Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates. 
Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 1996-B Certificates to 
Trustee (in definitive, fully registered form) for authentication in 
accordance with Section 6.1. Trustee shall deliver such Certificates 
when authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2.  The Collateral 
Interest shall be issued as provided in this Series Supplement and the 
Loan Agreement.

     SECTION 6.  Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor 
Certificates. (a) The Class A Certificates and the Class B 
Certificates shall be delivered as Book-Entry Certificates as provided 
in Sections 6.1 and 6.10.

     (b)  The depository for Series 1996-B shall be The Depository 
Trust Company, and the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates 
shall be initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.

     SECTION 7.  Article IV of Agreement. Sections 4.1 through 4.5 
shall read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV 
(except for Sections 4.1 through 4.5 thereof) shall be read in its 
entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Investor 
Certificates:

ARTICLE IV     RIGHTS OF HOLDERS; ALLOCATIONS

     SECTION 4.6  Rights of Holders and the Collateral Interest 
Holder. The Investor Certificates shall represent undivided interests 
in the Trust, consisting of the right to receive, to the extent 
necessary to make the required payments with respect to such Investor 
Certificates at the times and in the amounts specified in this 
Agreement, (a) the applicable Investor Percentage of Collections 
received with respect to the Receivables and (b) funds on deposit in 
the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal 
Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account, 
the Reserve Account and the Distribution Account. The Collateral 
Interest shall be subordinate to the Class A Certificates and the 
Class B Certificates to the extent described herein. The Class B 
Certificates shall be subordinate to the Class A Certificates to the 
extent described herein. Transferor shall not have any interest in the 
Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, 
the Principal Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account, the 
Reserve Account and the Distribution Account, except as specifically 
provided in this Article IV.

     SECTION 4.7  Allocations. (a)  Allocations During the Revolving 
Period. During the Revolving Period, Servicer shall allocate 
Collections to the Investor Holders as follows: 

          (i)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
     product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing 
     of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections 
     processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such Date 
     of Processing;

          (ii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
     the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage 
     on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor 
     Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) 
     the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of 
     Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and

          (iii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
     the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on 
     the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor 
     Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) 
     the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of 
     Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing.

     In addition, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Class A 
Investor Allocation Percentage on the Date of Processing of such 
Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of 
such Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections processed 
in respect of Principal Receivables on each Date of Processing shall 
be treated as Shared Principal Collections. 

     (b)  Allocations During the Controlled Accumulation Period. 
During the Controlled Accumulation Period, Servicer shall allocate 
Collections to the Investor Holders as follows: 

          (i)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
     product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing 
     of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections 
     processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such Date 
     of Processing;

          (ii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
     the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage 
     on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor 
     Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) 
     the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of 
     Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;

          (iii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
     the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage on 
     the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor 
     Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) 
     the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of 
     Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and

          (iv)  (A)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal 
     to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage 
     on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (2) the Investor 
     Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (3) 
     the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of 
     Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided that 
     the amount allocated pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(iv)(A) 
     during any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Controlled Deposit 
     Amount for the related Transfer Date (after taking into account 
     any payments to be made on the immediately preceding Distribution 
     Date) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any amount 
     not allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).

     (c)  Allocations During the Early Amortization Period. During the 
Early Amortization Period, Servicer shall allocate Collections to the 
Investor Holders as follows: 

          (i)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to the 
     product of (A) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing 
     of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections 
     processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such Date 
     of Processing;

          (ii)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal to 
     the product of (A) the Collateral Investor Allocation Percentage 
     on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (B) the 
     Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections 
     and (C) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect 
     of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; 

          (iii)      allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal 
     to the product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation Percentage 
     on the Date of Processing of such Collections, (B) the Investor 
     Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (C) 
     the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of 
     Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; and
     
          (iv)  (A)  allocate to the Investor Holders an amount equal 
     to the product of (1) the Class A Investor Allocation Percentage 
     on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (2) the 
     Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections 
     and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect 
     of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing; provided 
     that the aggregate amount allocated pursuant to this Section 
     4.7(c)(iv)(A) during any Monthly Period shall not exceed the 
     Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of 
     the prior Monthly Period (after taking into account any payments 
     to be made on the Distribution Date relating to such prior 
     Monthly Period and deposits and any adjustments to be made to the 
     Invested Amount to be made on the Transfer Date relating to such 
     Monthly Period) and (B) treat as Shared Principal Collections any 
     amount not allocated as a result of the proviso to clause (A).

     (d) During any period when Servicer is permitted by Section 4.3 
to make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account, amounts 
allocated to the Investor Holders pursuant to Sections 4.7(a), (b) and 
(c) with respect to any Monthly Period need not be deposited into the 
Collection Account or any Series Account prior to the related Transfer 
Date, and, when so deposited, (x) may be deposited net of any amounts 
required to be distributed to Transferor and, if WFN is Servicer, 
Servicer and (y) shall be deposited into the Finance Charge Account 
(in the case of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and the 
Principal Account (in the case of Collections of Principal Receivables 
(not including any Shared Principal Collections allocated to Series 
1996-B pursuant to Section 4.15)), subject in either case to the 
proviso to the next sentence. At any other time, amounts so allocated 
on each Date of Processing shall be deposited on that Date of 
Processing into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of Collections 
of Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in the case 
of Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared 
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-B pursuant to Section 
4.15)), provided that:

          (i) with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the 
     Revolving Period (and with respect to that portion of each 
     Monthly Period in the Controlled Accumulation Period falling on 
     or after the day on which Collections of Principal Receivables 
     equal to the related Controlled Deposit Amount have been 
     allocated pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(iv) and deposited pursuant 
     to Section 4.7(d)), Collections of Finance Charge Receivables 
     shall be deposited into the Finance Charge Account only until 
     such time as the aggregate amount so deposited equals the sum 
     (the "Target Amount") of (A) the amounts of Class A Monthly 
     Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amount and 
     Class A Additional Interest (if any), Class B Deficiency Amount 
     and Class B Additional Interest (if any), (B) if WFN is not 
     Servicer, the Servicing Fee, each due on the related Distribution 
     Date, (C) any Collateral Monthly Interest due on the related 
     Transfer Date and any other amounts that the Transferor or 
     Servicer knows will be owed under the Loan Agreement on the 
     related Transfer Date to the extent such amounts are payable 
     under the Loan Agreement from Available Non-Principal Funds (as 
     defined in the Loan Agreement), (D) any amount required to be 
     deposited in the Reserve Account on the related Transfer Date  
     and (E) any Finance Charge Shortfalls for any other Series in 
     Group One (as defined in the related Supplement); and

          (ii)  with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the 
     Revolving Period, Collections of Principal Receivables allocated 
     to the Investor Holders pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii) and (iii) 
     shall (after an amount equal to any Collateral Monthly Principal 
     for that Monthly Period has been deposited into the Principal 
     Account) be paid to Transferor (or, if the Transferor Amount is 
     less than the Specified Transferor Amount, deposited into the 
     Excess Funding Account), but Transferor shall make an amount 
     equal to the Reallocated Principal Collections for the related 
     Transfer Date available on that Transfer Date for application in 
     accordance with Section 4.14.

With respect to any Monthly Period when deposits of Collections of 
Finance Charge Receivables into the Finance Charge Account are limited 
in accordance with clause (i) of the preceding proviso, 
notwithstanding such limitation: (1) "Excess Spread" for the related 
Transfer Date shall be calculated as if the full amount of Finance 
Charge Collections allocated to the Investor Certificates during that 
Monthly Period had been deposited in the Finance Charge Account and 
applied on such Transfer Date in accordance with Sections 4.11(a), 
4.11(b) and 4.11(c); and (2) Collections of Finance Charge Receivables 
released to Transferor pursuant to such clause (i) shall be deemed, 
for purposes of all calculations under this Supplement and the Loan 
Agreement, to have been applied to the items specified in Sections 
4.11(a), 4.11(b), 4.11(c) and 4.13 to which such amounts would have 
been applied (and in the priority in which they would have been 
applied) had such amounts been available in the Finance Charge Account 
on such Transfer Date. To avoid doubt, the calculations referred to in 
the preceding clause (2) include the calculations required by clause 
(c) of the definition of Class A Invested Amount, clause (f) of the 
definition of Class B Invested Amount, clause (f) of the definition of 
Collateral Interest and Section 4.10.

     Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if on any Business Day Servicer 
determines that the Target Amount for a Monthly Period exceeds the 
Target Amount for that Monthly Period as previously calculated by 
Servicer, then (x) Servicer shall (on the same Business Day) inform 
Transferor of such determination, and (y) within two Business Days of 
receiving such notice Transferor shall deposit into the Finance Charge 
Account funds in an amount equal to the amount of Collections of 
Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor Certificates for 
that Monthly Period but not deposited into the Finance Charge Account 
due to the operation of clause (i) (but not in excess of the amount 
required so that the aggregate amount deposited for the subject 
Monthly Period equals the Target Amount). In addition, if on any 
Transfer Date the Transferor Amount will be less than the Specified 
Transferor Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on 
that Transfer Date, Transferor shall, on that Transfer Date, deposit 
into the Principal Account funds in an amount equal to the amounts of 
Class A Available Funds and Excess Spread that are required to be 
treated as Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 
4.11(a)(iii) and 4.13 but are not available from funds in the Finance 
Charge Account as a result of the operation of clause (i).

     (e)  On any date, Servicer may withdraw from the Collection 
Account or any Series Account any amounts inadvertently deposited in 
such account that should have not been so deposited.

     SECTION 4.8  Determination of Monthly Interest. (a)  The amount 
of monthly interest distributable to the Class A Certificates shall 
equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) the Class A 
Certificate Rate, times (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the 
Class A Certificates determined as of the Record Date preceding the 
related Transfer Date (the "Class A Monthly Interest"); provided that 
(x) Class A Monthly Interest for the first Distribution Period will be 
$1,970,325 and (y) in addition to Class A Monthly Interest an amount 
equal to the amount of any unpaid Class A Deficiency Amounts, plus an 
amount equal to the product of (A) (1) one-twelfth, times (2) the sum 
of the Class A Certificate Rate, plus 2% per annum, and (B) any Class 
A Deficiency Amount from the prior Transfer Date (or the portion 
thereof which has not theretofore been paid to Class A Holders) (the 
"Class A Additional Interest"), shall also be distributable to the 
Class A Certificates, and on such Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit 
such funds, to the extent available, into the Distribution Account. 
The "Class A Deficiency Amount" for any Transfer Date shall equal the 
excess, if any, of the aggregate amount accrued pursuant to this 
Section 4.8(a) as of the prior Distribution Period over the amount 
actually transferred from the Distribution Account for payment of such 
amount.

     (b)  The amount of monthly interest distributable to the Class B 
Certificates shall equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, times (ii) 
the Class B Certificate Rate, times (iii) the outstanding principal 
balance of the Class B Certificates determined as of the Record Date 
preceding the related Transfer Date (the "Class B Monthly Interest"); 
provided that (x) Class B Monthly Interest for the first Distribution 
Period will be $214,200 and (y) in addition to the Class B Monthly 
Interest an amount equal to the amount of any unpaid Class B 
Deficiency Amounts, plus an amount equal to the product of (A) (1) 
one-twelfth, times (2) the sum of the Class B Certificate Rate, plus 
2% per annum, and (B) any Class B Deficiency Amount from the prior 
Transfer Date (or the portion thereof which has not theretofore been 
paid to Class B Holders) (the "Class B Additional Interest"), shall 
also be distributable to the Class B Certificates, and on such 
Transfer Date Trustee shall deposit such funds, to the extent 
available, into the Distribution Account. The "Class B Deficiency 
Amount" for any Transfer Date shall equal the excess, if any, of the 
aggregate amount accrued pursuant to this Section 4.8(b) as of the 
prior Distribution Period over the amount actually transferred from 
the Distribution Account for payment of such amount.

     (c)  The amount of monthly interest distributable to the 
Collateral Interest (the "Collateral Monthly Interest") shall equal 
the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
actual number of days in the related Distribution Period and the 
denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Collateral Rate in effect 
with respect to the related Distribution Period, times (ii) the 
Collateral Interest determined as of the Record Date preceding such 
Transfer Date.  

     SECTION 4.9  Determination of Monthly Principal. (a)  The amount 
of monthly principal distributable from the Principal Account with 
respect to the Class A Certificates on each Transfer Date ("Class A 
Monthly Principal"), beginning with the Transfer Date in the month 
following the month in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if 
earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the 
least of (i) the Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit 
in the Principal Account with respect to such Transfer Date, (ii) for 
each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period 
prior to the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, the Controlled Deposit 
Amount for such Transfer Date and (iii) the Class A Adjusted Invested 
Amount on such Transfer Date prior to any deposit into the Principal 
Funding Account to be made on such day.

     (b)  The amount of monthly principal distributable from the 
Principal Account with respect to the Class B Certificates on each 
Transfer Date (the "Class B Monthly Principal") for the Controlled 
Accumulation Period, beginning with the Transfer Date after the one on 
which the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount is reduced to zero, and for 
the Early Amortization Period beginning with the Transfer Date on 
which the Class A Invested Amount is reduced to zero (in either case 
after giving effect to payments to be made on the related Distribution 
Date), shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess, if 
any, of (A) the Available Investor Principal Collections on such 
Transfer Date over (B) any Class A Monthly Principal on such Transfer 
Date and (ii) the Class B Invested Amount (after taking into account 
any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to Sections 
4.12 and 4.14) on such Transfer Date.

     (c)  The amount of monthly principal (the "Collateral Monthly 
Principal") distributable from the Principal Account with respect to 
the Collateral Interest on each Transfer Date shall be (i) during the 
Revolving Period following any reduction of the Required Enhancement 
Amount, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Enhancement Surplus 
on such Transfer Date and (B) the Available Investor Principal 
Collections on such Transfer Date or (ii) during the Controlled 
Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period an amount equal to 
the lesser of (A) the Enhancement Surplus on such Transfer Date, (B) 
the excess, if any, of (1) the Available Investor Principal 
Collections on such Transfer Date over (2) the sum of the Class A 
Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal for such Transfer 
Date and (C) the Collateral Interest on such Transfer Date (after 
taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Transfer Date 
pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.14).

     SECTION 4.10  Coverage of Required Amount. (a)  On or before each 
Transfer Date, Servicer shall determine the amount (the "Class A 
Required Amount"), if any, by which the sum of (i) the Class A Monthly 
Interest for such Transfer Date, plus (ii) the Class A Deficiency 
Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (iii) the Class A 
Additional Interest, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (iv) the 
Class A Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period plus (v) the Class 
A Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid on any prior Transfer Date, 
plus (vi) the Class A Investor Default Amount, if any, for such 
Transfer Date, plus (vii) the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount for 
the related Monthly Period, exceeds the Class A Available Funds for 
the related Monthly Period.

     (b)  On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall also 
determine the amount (the "Class B Required Amount"), if any, equal to 
the sum of (i) the amount, if any, by which the sum of (A) the Class B 
Monthly Interest for such Transfer Date, plus (B) the Class B 
Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Transfer Date plus (C) the Class B 
Additional Interest, if any, for such Transfer Date, plus (D) the 
Class B Servicing Fee for the prior Monthly Period plus (E) the Class 
B Servicing Fee, if any, due but not paid on any prior Transfer Date, 
exceeds the Class B Available Funds for the related Monthly Period 
plus (ii) the sum of (A) the Class B Investor Default Amount, if any, 
for such Transfer Date and (B) the Class B Uncovered Dilution Amount 
for the related Monthly Period.

     (c)  If the sum of the Class A Required Amount and the Class B 
Required Amount for such Transfer Date is greater than zero, Servicer 
shall give written notice to Trustee of such positive Class A Required 
Amount or Class B Required Amount on or before such Transfer Date. In 
addition:

          (i) If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer Date is 
     greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and any 
     Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in an 
     amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, to the extent 
     available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in 
     the case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 
     4.7(d), to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and 
     the Cash Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to 
     Section 4.13(a). If the Class A Required Amount for such Transfer 
     Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw 
     Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date, the Collections of 
     Principal Receivables allocable to the Collateral Interest and 
     the Class B Certificates with respect to the prior Monthly Period 
     shall be applied as specified in Section 4.14.

          (ii)  If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer Date 
     is greater than zero, all or a portion of the Excess Spread (and 
     any Required Draw Amount) with respect to such Transfer Date in 
     an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, to the extent 
     available, for such Transfer Date shall be distributed (or, in 
     the case of Excess Spread, deemed, in accordance with Section 
     4.7(d), to be distributed) from the Finance Charge Account (and 
     the Cash Collateral Account) on such Transfer Date pursuant to 
     Section 4.13(c). If the Class B Required Amount for such Transfer 
     Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread (and any Required Draw 
     Amount) available to fund the Class B Required Amount pursuant to 
     Section 4.13(c), the Collections of Principal Receivables 
     allocable to the Collateral Interest (after application to the 
     Class A Required Amount) shall be applied as specified in Section 
     4.14;

provided that the sum of any payments pursuant to this paragraph shall 
not exceed the sum of the Class A Required Amount and the Class B 
Required Amount.

     SECTION 4.11  Monthly Payments. On or before each Transfer Date, 
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be 
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to withdraw, and Trustee, 
acting in accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw on such 
Transfer Date or the related Distribution Date, as applicable, to the 
extent of available funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from 
the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal 
Funding Account and the Distribution Account as follows:

     (a)  An amount equal to the Class A Available Funds for the 
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to 
the extent available, in the following priority:

          (i)  an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest, plus any 
     Class A Deficiency Amount, plus any Class A Additional Interest 
     (in each case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited by 
     Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution Account;

          (ii)  an amount equal to the Class A Servicing Fee for such 
     Transfer Date plus any Class A Servicing Fee due but not paid to 
     Servicer on any prior Transfer Date (less, if WFN is Servicer, 
     amounts previously retained toward payment of such fees) shall be 
     distributed to Servicer;

          (iii)  an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Investor 
     Default Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount, if any, 
     for the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated (or deemed, in 
     accordance with Section 4.7(d), to be treated) as a portion of 
     Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled 
     Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited 
     into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date; and

          (iv)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread 
     and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 
     4.13.

     (b)  An amount equal to the Class B Available Funds for the 
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to 
the extent available, in the following priority:

          (i)  an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest, plus 
     any Class B Deficiency Amount, plus any Class B Additional 
     Interest (in each case for such Transfer Date) shall be deposited 
     by Servicer or Trustee into the Distribution Account;

          (ii)  an amount equal to the Class B Servicing Fee for such 
     Transfer Date, plus any Class B Servicing Fee due but not paid to 
     Servicer on any prior Transfer Date for such Transfer Date (less, 
     if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously retained toward payment of 
     such fees) shall be distributed to Servicer; and

          (iii)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread 
     and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 
     4.13.

     (c)  An amount equal to the Collateral Available Funds for the 
related Monthly Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to 
the extent available, in the following priority:

          (i)  if neither Transferor nor any of its Affiliates is 
     Servicer, an amount equal to the Collateral Interest Servicing 
     Fee for such Transfer Date, plus any Collateral Interest 
     Servicing Fee due but not paid to Servicer on any prior Transfer 
     Date shall be distributed to Servicer; and

          (ii)  the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread 
     and shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 
     4.13.

     (d)  During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the 
Available Investor Principal Collections for the related Monthly 
Period will be distributed on each Transfer Date, to the extent 
available, in the following priority:

          (i)  an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Principal for 
     such Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Collateral 
     Interest Holder in accordance with the Loan Agreement; and

          (ii)  an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal 
     Collections remaining after the application specified in Section 
     4.11(d)(i) shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections.

     (e)  On each Transfer Date commencing with the Transfer Date 
falling in the calendar month following the one in which the 
Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period 
(whichever is earlier) commences, an amount equal to the Available 
Investor Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period will be 
distributed on such Transfer Date, to the extent available, in the 
following priority:

          (i)  an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal for 
     such Transfer Date, shall be (A) with respect to the Controlled 
     Accumulation Period, deposited into the Principal Funding 
     Account, and (B) during the Early Amortization Period, deposited 
     into the Distribution Account;

          (ii)  after giving effect to the distribution referred to in 
     clause (i), an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Principal, 
     shall be deposited into the Distribution Account;

          (iii) for each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer Date 
     immediately preceding the Series 1996-B Termination Date, in 
     which case on the Series 1996-B Termination Date) after giving 
     effect to the distribution referred to in clauses(i) and (ii) 
     above, an amount equal to Collateral Monthly Principal shall be 
     distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with 
     the Loan Agreement; and

          (iv)  an amount equal to the Available Investor Principal 
     Collections remaining after the applications specified in clauses 
     (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be treated as Shared Principal 
     Collections.

     (f)  On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Transfer Date with 
respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Transfer Date 
immediately preceding the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, Trustee, 
acting in accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall withdraw 
from the Principal Funding Account and deposit in the Distribution 
Account the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account.

     (g)  On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall pay in accordance 
with Section 5.1(a) to the Class A Holders from the Distribution 
Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant 
to Section 4.11(a)(i) on the preceding Transfer Date and to the Class 
B Holders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the 
Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(i) on the preceding 
Transfer Date.

     (h)  On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Distribution Date 
with respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Class A 
Scheduled Payment Date and on each Distribution Date thereafter, 
Trustee, acting in accordance with instructions from Servicer, shall 
pay in accordance with Section 5.1 from the Distribution Account the 
amount so deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 
4.11(e) and (f) on the related Transfer Date in the following 
priority:

          (i)  an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit 
     in the Distribution Account and the Class A Invested Amount shall 
     be paid to the Class A Holders; and

          (ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Early 
     Amortization Period and on or after the Class B Scheduled Payment 
     Date, after giving effect to the distributions referred to in 
     clause (i) above, an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on 
     deposit in the Distribution Account and the Class B Invested 
     Amount shall be paid to the Class B Holders.

     (i)  The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence 
at the beginning of business on the Controlled Accumulation Date; 
provided that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length (determined 
as described below) on any Determination Date on or after the April 
2002 Determination Date is less than 12 months, upon written notice to 
Trustee, Transferor and, each Rating Agency, Servicer, at its option, 
may elect to modify the date on which the Controlled Accumulation 
Period actually commences to the first day of the month that is a 
number of months prior to the month in which the Class A Scheduled 
Payment Date occurs at least equal to the Controlled Accumulation 
Period Length (so that, as a result of such election, the number of 
Monthly Periods in the Controlled Accumulation Period will at least 
equal the Controlled Accumulation Period Length); provided that (i) 
the length of the Controlled Accumulation Period will not be less than 
one month, (ii) such determination of the Controlled Accumulation 
Period Length shall be made on each Determination Date on and after 
the April 2002 Determination Date but prior to the commencement of the 
Controlled Accumulation Period, and any election to shorten the 
Controlled Accumulation Period shall be subject to the subsequent 
lengthening of the Controlled Accumulation Period to the Controlled 
Accumulation Period Length determined on any subsequent Determination 
Date, but the Controlled Accumulation Period shall in no event 
commence prior to the Controlled Accumulation Date, and (iii) 
notwithstanding any other provision of this Series Supplement to the 
contrary, no election to postpone the commencement of the Controlled 
Accumulation Period shall be made after an Early Amortization Event 
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to any other 
Series. The "Controlled Accumulation Period Length" will mean a number 
of whole months such that the amount available for distribution of 
principal on the Class A Certificates on the Class A Scheduled Payment 
Date is expected to equal or exceed the Class A Invested Amount, 
assuming for this purpose that (1) the payment rate with respect to 
Collections of Principal Receivables remains constant at the lowest 
level of such payment rate during the twelve preceding Monthly Periods 
(or such lower payment rate as Servicer may select), (2) the total 
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust (and the principal amount 
on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, if any) remains constant at 
the level on such date of determination, (3) no Early Amortization 
Event with respect to any Series will subsequently occur and (4) no 
additional Series (other than any Series being issued on such date of 
determination) will be subsequently issued. Any notice by Servicer 
electing to modify the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation 
Period pursuant to this Section 4.11(i) shall specify (i) the 
Controlled Accumulation Period Length, (ii) the commencement date of 
the Controlled Accumulation Period and (iii) the Controlled 
Accumulation Amount with respect to each Monthly Period during the 
Controlled Accumulation Period.

     SECTION 4.12  Investor Charge-Offs. (a)  On or before each 
Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate the sum of the Class A 
Investor Default Amount and the Class A Uncovered Dilution Amount 
(such sum being the "Class A Reduction Amount"). If on any Transfer 
Date, the Class A Reduction Amount for the prior Monthly Period 
exceeds the sum of the amount allocated with respect thereto pursuant 
to Section 4.11(a)(iii), Section 4.13(a) (including amounts withdrawn 
from the Cash Collateral Account for such allocation) and Section 4.14 
with respect to such Monthly Period, the Collateral Interest (after 
giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any 
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date) will be 
reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by more than the lesser 
of the Class A Reduction Amount and the Collateral Interest (after 
giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any 
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date) for such 
Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Collateral Interest 
to be a negative number, the Collateral Interest will be reduced to 
zero, and the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to 
reductions for any Class B Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated 
Class B Principal Collections on such Transfer Date) will be reduced 
by the amount by which the Collateral Interest would have been reduced 
below zero. If such reduction would cause the Class B Invested Amount 
to be a negative number, the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced 
to zero, and the Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount 
by which the Class B Invested Amount would have been reduced below 
zero, but not by more than the Class A Reduction Amount for such 
Transfer Date (a "Class A Investor Charge-Off"). If the Class A 
Invested Amount has been reduced by the amount of any Class A Investor 
Charge-Offs, it will be reimbursed on any Transfer Date (but not by an 
amount in excess of the aggregate Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by the 
amount of Excess Spread allocated and available for such purpose 
pursuant to Section 4.13(b).

     (b)  On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate 
the sum of the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Class B 
Uncovered Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Class B Reduction 
Amount"). If on any Transfer Date, the Class B Reduction Amount for 
the prior Monthly Period exceeds the amount of Excess Spread and 
Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections which are allocated and 
available to fund such amount pursuant to Section 4.13(c) (including 
amounts withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for such 
allocation) and Section 4.14, the Collateral Interest (after giving 
effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and any 
Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any 
adjustments with respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) will 
be reduced by the amount of such excess but not by more than the 
lesser of the Class B Reduction Amount and the Collateral Interest 
(after giving effect to reductions for any Collateral Charge-Offs and 
any Reallocated Principal Collections on such Transfer Date and any 
adjustments with respect thereto as described in Section 4.12(a)) for 
such Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Collateral 
Interest to be a negative number, the Collateral Interest shall be 
reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount shall be reduced by 
the amount by which the Collateral Interest would have been reduced 
below zero, but not by more than the Class B Reduction Amount for such 
Transfer Date (a "Class B Investor Charge-Off"). The Class B Invested 
Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class B 
Principal Collections in excess of the Collateral Interest pursuant to 
Section 4.14 and the amount of any portion of the Class B Invested 
Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a reduction in 
the Class A Invested Amount pursuant to Section 4.12(a). The Class B 
Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed (but not to an amount in 
excess of the unpaid principal balance of the Class B Certificates) on 
any Transfer Date by the amount of Excess Spread allocated and 
available for that purpose as described under Section 4.13(d).

     (c)  On or before each Transfer Date, Servicer shall calculate 
the sum of the Collateral Default Amount and the Collateral Uncovered 
Dilution Amount (such sum being the "Collateral Reduction Amount"). If 
on any Transfer Date, the Collateral Reduction Amount for the prior 
Monthly Period exceeds the amount of Excess Spread which is allocated 
and available to fund such amount pursuant to Section 4.13(g), the 
Collateral Interest will be reduced by the amount of such excess but 
not by more than the lesser of the Collateral Reduction Amount and the 
Collateral Interest for such Transfer Date (a "Collateral 
Charge-Off"). The Collateral Interest will also be reduced by the 
amount of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.14 
and the amount of any portion of the Collateral Interest allocated to 
the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates to avoid a 
reduction in the Class A Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(a), 
or the Class B Invested Amount, pursuant to Section 4.12(b), 
respectively. The Collateral Interest will thereafter be reimbursed on 
any Transfer Date by the amount of the Excess Spread allocated and 
available for that purpose as described under Section 4.13(h).

     SECTION 4.13  Excess Spread. On or before each Transfer Date, 
Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which writing shall be 
substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to apply, and Trustee, acting 
in accordance with such instructions shall apply (or be deemed, in 
accordance with Section 4.7(d), to apply), Excess Spread with respect 
to the related Monthly Period, to make the following distributions on 
each Transfer Date in the following priority:

     (a)  an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with 
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class A 
Required Amount and be applied in accordance with, and in the priority 
set forth in, Section 4.11(a);

     (b)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor 
Charge-Offs which have not been previously reimbursed will be treated 
as a portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the 
Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, 
deposited into the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;

     (c)  an amount equal to the Class B Required Amount, if any, with 
respect to such Transfer Date will be used to fund the Class B 
Required Amount and be applied first in accordance with, and in the 
priority set forth in, Section 4.11(b) and then any remaining amount 
available to pay the Class B Reduction Amount shall be treated as a 
portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled 
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into 
the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;

     (d)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B 
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class B Invested 
Amount for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class B 
Holders (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions 
which have not been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a 
portion of Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled 
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period,  deposited into 
the Principal Account on such Transfer Date;

     (e)  an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Interest plus the 
amount of any past due Collateral Monthly Interest for such Transfer 
Date will be paid to the Collateral Interest Holder in accordance with 
the Loan Agreement;

     (f)  if Transferor or any of its Affiliates is Servicer, an 
amount equal to the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid Collateral 
Interest Servicing Fees (less, if WFN is Servicer, amounts previously 
retained towards payment of such fee) will be paid to Servicer;

     (g)  an amount equal to the Collateral Reduction Amount, if any, 
for the related Monthly Period will be treated as a portion of 
Investor Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation 
Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal 
Account on such Transfer Date;

     (h)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the 
Collateral Interest has been reduced for reasons other than the 
payment of principal to the Collateral Interest Holder (but not in 
excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been 
previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Investor 
Principal Collections and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period 
or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account 
on such Transfer Date;

     (i)  an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash 
Collateral Amount (determined after all deposits, withdrawals, 
reductions, payments and adjustments to be made with respect to such 
date) over the Available Cash Collateral Amount (without giving effect 
to any deposit made on such date hereunder) shall be deposited in the 
Cash Collateral Account;

     (j)  on each Transfer Date from and after the Reserve Account 
Funding Date, but prior to the date on which the Reserve Account 
terminates as described in Section 4.17(f), an amount up to the 
excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the 
Available Reserve Account Amount shall be deposited into the Reserve 
Account; 

     (k) an amount equal to all other amounts due under the Loan 
Agreement shall be distributed in accordance with the Loan Agreement; 
and

     (l)  the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments 
made pursuant to clauses (a) through (k) shall constitute "Excess 
Finance Charge Collections" to be applied with respect to other Series 
in accordance with Section 4.5 of the Agreement.

     SECTION 4.14  Reallocated Principal Collections. On or before 
each Transfer Date, Servicer shall instruct Trustee in writing (which 
writing shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B) to, and 
Trustee in accordance with such instructions shall, withdraw from the 
Principal Account and apply Collections of Principal Receivables with 
respect to such Transfer Date, to make the following distributions on 
each Transfer Date in the following priority:

          (a)  an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class 
     A Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date 
     over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread with respect 
     to the related Monthly Period and (y) the Available Cash 
     Collateral Amount with respect to such Transfer Date, shall be 
     applied pursuant to Sections 4.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii); and

          (b)  an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class 
     B Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Transfer Date 
     over (ii) the sum of (x) the amount of Excess Spread allocated 
     and available to the Class B Certificates pursuant to Section 
     4.13(c) on such Transfer Date and (y) the amount withdrawn from 
     the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 4.18(c) which is 
     remaining after application pursuant to Section 4.13(c) with 
     respect to such Transfer Date shall be applied first pursuant to 
     Sections 4.11(b)(i) and (ii) and then pursuant to Section 
     4.13(c);

provided, that: 

          (1)  the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal 
     Receivables distributed pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) (the 
     "Reallocated Principal Collections") shall not exceed the lesser 
     of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the Collateral Investor 
     Allocation Percentage and the Class B Investor Allocation 
     Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Transfer Date 
     and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly Period relating 
     to such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of Collections of 
     Principal Receivables for the Monthly Period relating to such 
     Transfer Date and (B) the sum of the Collateral Interest and the 
     Class B Invested Amount after giving effect to any Collateral 
     Charge-Offs and Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer 
     Date; and 

          (2)  the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal 
     Receivables distributed pursuant to clause (b) shall not exceed 
     the lesser of (A) the product of (x) the Collateral Investor 
     Allocation Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such 
     Transfer Date and (y) the Investor Percentage for the Monthly 
     Period relating to such Transfer Date and (z) the amount of 
     Collections of Principal Receivables for the Monthly Period 
     relating to such Transfer Date and (B) the Collateral Interest 
     after giving effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such 
     Transfer Date.

     With respect to any Transfer Date, any Reallocated Principal 
Collections up to and including the amount specified in clause (2)(A) 
above shall constitute "Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections," 
and any Reallocated Principal Collections in excess of such amount 
shall constitute "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections."

     On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Interest shall be reduced 
by the amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections and by 
the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for such 
Transfer Date. If such reduction would cause the Collateral Interest 
(after giving effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Transfer 
Date) to be a negative number, the Collateral Interest (after giving 
effect to any Collateral Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) shall be 
reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount shall be reduced by 
the amount by which the Collateral Interest would have been reduced 
below zero. If the reallocation of Reallocated Principal Collections 
would cause the Class B Invested Amount (after giving effect to any 
Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative 
number on any Transfer Date, Reallocated Principal Collections shall 
be reallocated on such Transfer Date in an aggregate amount not to 
exceed the amount which would cause the Class B Invested Amount (after 
giving effect to any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer 
Date) to be reduced to zero.

     SECTION 4.15  Shared Principal Collections; Amounts Transferred 
from the Excess Funding Account to the Principal Account. (a)  The 
Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B on any 
Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.15(b) shall be applied as 
Available Investor Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.11 and 
pursuant to such Section 4.11 shall be deposited in the Distribution 
Account or distributed in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

     (b)  Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B with 
respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the Principal 
Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-B for such Transfer 
Date; provided that if the aggregate amount of Shared Principal 
Collections for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date is less 
than the Cumulative Principal Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then 
Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B on such 
Transfer Date shall equal the product of (i) Shared Principal 
Collections for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date and 
(ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall 
with respect to Series 1996-B for such Transfer Date and the 
denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Cumulative Principal 
Shortfall for all Series in Group One for such Transfer Date. On each 
Transfer Date, Trustee (in accordance with instructions from Servicer) 
shall withdraw Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B 
from the Collection Account and deposit the same into the Principal 
Account.

     (c)  Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of 
Available Investor Principal Collections to be treated as Shared 
Principal Collections on any Transfer Date allocable to other Series 
in Group One, on each Determination Date, Servicer shall determine the 
Class A Required Amount, Class B Required Amount, Excess Spread and 
Reallocated Principal Collections as of such Determination Date for 
the following Transfer Date.

     (d) The aggregate amount allocable to Series 1996-B and required 
to be transferred from the Excess Funding Account into the Principal 
Account with respect to any Transfer Date means an amount equal to the 
Principal Shortfall, if any, with respect to Series 1996-B for such 
Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared Principal Collections 
allocated to Series 1996-B from other Series in Group One on that 
Transfer Date; provided that if the aggregate amount required to be 
withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.2 for 
all Series (whether or not included in Group One) for such Transfer 
Date is less than the cumulative Principal Shortfall minus available 
Shared Principal Collections for all Series (whether or not included 
in Group One) for such Transfer Date, then the aggregate amount 
allocable to Series 1996-B and required to be transferred on such 
Transfer Date shall equal the product of (i) the aggregate amount 
required to be withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account pursuant to 
Section 4.2 for all Series for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, 
(A) the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall with respect to 
Series 1996-B for such Transfer Date minus the amount of Shared 
Principal Collections allocated to Series 1996-B from other Series in 
Group One on that Transfer Date and (B) the denominator of which is 
the cumulative Principal Shortfall for all Series (whether or not 
included in Group One) minus available Shared Principal Collections 
for all Series (whether or not included in Group One) for such 
Transfer Date.

     SECTION 4.16  Finance Charge Account, Principal Account, 
Principal Funding Account and Distribution Account. (a)  Trustee shall 
establish and maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be 
Trustee, in the name of the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the 
benefit of the Investor Holders, four segregated trust accounts (the 
"Finance Charge Account", the "Principal Account", the "Principal 
Funding Account" and the "Distribution Account"), bearing a 
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are 
held for the benefit of the Investor Holders. Trustee shall possess 
all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to 
time in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the 
Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account and in all 
proceeds thereof. The Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, 
the Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account shall be 
under the sole dominion and control of Trustee for the benefit of the 
Investor Holders. If at any time the institution holding the Finance 
Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account 
and the Distribution Account ceases to be an Eligible Institution, 
Transferor shall notify Trustee, and Trustee upon being notified (or 
Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10 Business Days, establish a 
new Finance Charge Account, a new Principal Account, a new Principal 
Funding Account and a new Distribution Account meeting the conditions 
specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to 
such new Finance Charge Account,  Principal Account, Principal Funding 
Account and Distribution Account. Trustee, at the direction of 
Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Finance Charge Account, 
the Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the 
Distribution Account from time to time, in the amounts and for the 
purposes set forth in this Series Supplement and the Agreement, and 
(ii) on each Transfer Date (from and after the commencement of the 
Controlled Accumulation Period) prior to termination of the Principal 
Funding Account make a deposit into the Principal Funding Account in 
the amount specified in, and otherwise in accordance with, Section 
4.11(e). Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate records 
reflecting each transaction in the Finance Charge Account, the 
Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Distribution 
Account and that the funds held therein shall at all times be held in 
trust for the benefit of the Investor Holders.

     (b)  Funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the 
Principal Account and the Principal Funding Account from time to time 
shall be invested and reinvested at the direction of Servicer by 
Trustee in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds 
will be available for withdrawal on the following Transfer Date. 
Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the Investor Holders 
possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if any, 
evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible Investment shall be 
disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer so directs and 
either (i) such disposal will not result in a loss of all or part of 
the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or (ii) prior to the 
maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment 
of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such 
Eligible Investment. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other 
investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds 
(x) on deposit in the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account 
shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables 
allocated to the Invested Amount for purposes of this Series 
Supplement and (y) on deposit in the Principal Funding Account shall 
be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to 
the Invested Amount for purposes of this Series Supplement and shall 
be applied in accordance with Section 4.16(c).

     (c)  On the Transfer Date occurring in the month following the 
commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period and on each 
Transfer Date thereafter with respect to the Controlled Accumulation 
Period, Trustee, acting at Servicer's direction given on or before 
such Transfer Date, shall transfer from the Principal Funding Account 
to the Finance Charge Account the Principal Funding Investment 
Proceeds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account, but not in 
excess of the Covered Amount, for application as Class A Available 
Funds applied pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(i).

     (d)  Any Excess Principal Funding Investment Proceeds shall be 
paid to Transferor on each Transfer Date. An amount equal to any 
Principal Funding Investment Shortfall will be deposited in the 
Finance Charge Account on each Transfer Date from the Reserve Account 
to the extent funds are available pursuant to Section 4.17(d). 
Principal Funding Investment Proceeds (including reinvested interest) 
shall not be considered part of the amounts on deposit in the 
Principal Funding Account for purposes of this Series Supplement.

     SECTION 4.17  Reserve Account. (a)  Trustee shall establish and 
maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be Trustee, in the 
name of the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the 
Investor Holders, a segregated trust account (the "Reserve Account"), 
bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited 
therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Holders. Trustee 
shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit 
from time to time in the Reserve Account and in all proceeds thereof. 
The Reserve Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of 
Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders. If at any time an 
Eligible Institution holding the Reserve Account ceases to be a 
Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and Trustee 
upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall, within 10 
Business Days, establish a new Reserve Account meeting the conditions 
specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to 
such new Reserve Account. Trustee, at the direction of Servicer, shall 
(i) make withdrawals from the Reserve Account from time to time in an 
amount up to the Available Reserve Account Amount at such time, for 
the purposes set forth in this Series Supplement, and (ii) on each 
Transfer Date (from and after the Reserve Account Funding Date) prior 
to termination of the Reserve Account make a deposit into the Reserve 
Account in the amount specified in, and otherwise in accordance with, 
Section 4.13(j).

     (b)  Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be invested by 
Trustee in Eligible Investments pursuant to the written direction of 
Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on any Transfer 
Date, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Reserve Account 
on such Transfer Date, shall be invested in such investments that will 
mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior 
to the following Transfer Date. Trustee shall maintain for the benefit 
of the Investor Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or 
securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible Investments. No Eligible 
Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer 
so directs and either (i) such disposal will not result in a loss of 
all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or 
(ii) prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default 
occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with 
respect to such Eligible Investment. On each Transfer Date, all 
interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued 
since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in the Reserve 
Account shall be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent that 
the Available Reserve Account Amount is less than the Required Reserve 
Account Amount) and the balance, if any, shall be deposited into the 
Finance Charge Account and included in Class A Available Funds for 
such Transfer Date. For purposes of determining the availability of 
funds or the balance in the Reserve Account for any reason under this 
Series Supplement, except as otherwise provided in the preceding 
sentence, investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be 
available or on deposit.

     (c)  On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the 
Controlled Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the 
Class A Invested Amount and on or before the first Transfer Date with 
respect to the Early Amortization Period, Servicer shall calculate the 
"Reserve Draw Amount" which shall be equal to the Principal Funding 
Investment Shortfall with respect to each Transfer Date with respect 
to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the first Transfer Date with 
respect to the Early Amortization Period less, in each case, the 
amount of funds deposited into the Finance Charge Account on such 
Transfer Date pursuant to Section 4.17(b).

     (d)  If the Reserve Draw Amount for any Transfer Date is greater 
than zero, the Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Reserve 
Account Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on such 
Transfer Date by Trustee (acting in accordance with the instructions 
of Servicer), deposited into the Finance Charge Account and included 
in Class A Available Funds for such Transfer Date.

     (e)  If the Reserve Account Surplus on any Transfer Date, after 
giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve 
Account with respect to such Transfer Date, is greater than zero, 
Trustee, acting in accordance with the instructions of Servicer, shall 
withdraw from the Reserve Account, and pay in accordance with the Loan 
Agreement, an amount equal to such Reserve Account Surplus.

     (f)  Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of the 
Trust pursuant to Article XII, (ii) the first Transfer Date relating 
to the Early Amortization Period and (iii) the Transfer Date 
immediately preceding the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, Trustee, 
acting in accordance with the instructions of Servicer, after the 
prior payment of all amounts owing to the Series 1996-B Holders that 
are payable from the Reserve Account as provided herein, shall 
withdraw from the Reserve Account and pay in accordance with the Loan 
Agreement, all amounts, if any, on deposit in the Reserve Account and 
the Reserve Account shall be deemed to have terminated for purposes of 
this Series Supplement.

     SECTION 4.18  Cash Collateral Account.  (a) Servicer shall 
establish and maintain with an Eligible Institution, which may be 
Trustee, in the name of Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a segregated 
trust account (the "Cash Collateral Account") bearing a designation 
clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the 
benefit of the Investor Holders.  Trustee shall possess all right, 
title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the 
Cash Collateral Account and in all proceeds thereof.  The Cash 
Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of 
Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Holders.  If at any time an 
Eligible Institution holding the Cash Collateral Account ceases to be 
an Eligible Institution, Transferor shall notify Trustee, and Trustee 
upon being notified (or Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 
Business Days establish a new Cash Collateral Account meeting the 
conditions specified above, and shall transfer any cash or any 
investments to such new Cash Collateral Account.  Trustee, at the 
direction of Servicer, shall make deposits to and withdrawals from the 
Cash Collateral Account in the amounts and at the times set forth in 
this Series Supplement and the Loan Agreement.  All withdrawals from 
the Cash Collateral Account shall be made in the priority set forth 
below.  

     (b)  On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $8,750,000 in 
immediately available funds into the Cash Collateral Account.  Funds 
on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time shall be 
invested and/or reinvested at the direction of Servicer by Trustee in 
Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be 
available for withdrawal on the following Transfer Date.  No Eligible 
Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity unless Servicer 
so directs and either (i) such disposal will not result in a loss of 
all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or 
(ii) prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default 
occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with 
respect to such Eligible Investment.  Trustee shall maintain for the 
benefit of the Investor Holders possession of the negotiable 
instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Eligible 
Investments.  On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of 
losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer 
Date on funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall be 
treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the 
Invested Amount and shall be part of Class A Available Funds, Class B 
Available Funds and Collateral Available Funds for such Transfer Date.  
For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balances 
in the Cash Collateral Account for any reason under this Series 
Supplement, all investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not 
to be available or on deposit.

     (c)  On each Determination Date, Servicer shall calculate the 
amount (the "Required Draw Amount") by which the sum of the amounts 
specified in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 4.13 with respect to 
the related Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Excess Spread 
allocated with respect to the related Monthly Period.  In the event 
that for any Transfer Date the Required Draw Amount is greater than 
zero, Servicer shall give written notice to Trustee and the Collateral 
Interest Holder of such positive Required Draw Amount on the related 
Determination Date.  On the related Transfer Date, the Required Draw 
Amount, if any, up to the Available Cash Collateral Amount, shall be 
withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account and distributed to fund any 
deficiency pursuant to Section 4.13(a) through (d) (in the order of 
priority set forth in Section 4.13).

     (d)  If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals 
from the Cash Collateral Account and adjustments to the Collateral 
Interest with respect to any Transfer Date, the Collateral Interest 
has been reduced to zero and there is an Enhancement Surplus (after 
giving effect to such reduction), Trustee, acting in accordance with 
the instructions of Servicer, shall withdraw an amount equal to such 
Enhancement Surplus from the Cash Collateral Account, and apply in 
accordance with the Loan Agreement. 

     SECTION 4.19  Determination of LIBOR. As needed for the 
determination of Collateral Rate, Trustee will determine LIBOR 
pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement.

     SECTION 4.20  Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a 
Deposit or Payment. If Servicer or Transferor fails to make, or give 
instructions to make, any payment or deposit (other than as required 
by Sections 2.5, 2.6 or 12.2) required to be made or given by Servicer 
or Transferor, respectively, at the time specified in the Agreement 
(including applicable grace periods), Trustee shall make such payment 
or deposit from the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the 
Principal Funding Account, the Cash Collateral Account, the 
Distribution Account and/or the Reserve Account, as applicable, 
without instruction from Servicer or Transferor. Trustee shall be 
required to make any such payment, deposit or withdrawal hereunder 
only to the extent that Trustee has sufficient information to allow it 
to determine the amount thereof; provided that Trustee shall in all 
cases be deemed to have sufficient information to determine the amount 
of interest payable to the Investor Holders on each Distribution Date. 
Servicer shall, upon request of Trustee, promptly provide Trustee with 
all information necessary to allow Trustee to make such payment, 
deposit or withdrawal. Such funds or the proceeds of such withdrawal 
shall be applied by Trustee in the manner in which such payment or 
deposit should have been made by Transferor or Servicer, as the case 
may be.

     SECTION 8.  Article V of the Agreement. Article V of the 
Agreement shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be 
applicable only to the Investor Holders:

ARTICLE V      DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO
               INVESTOR HOLDERS


     SECTION 5.1  Distributions. (a) On each Distribution Date, 
Trustee shall distribute (in accordance with the certificate delivered 
on or before the related Transfer Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant 
to Section 3.4(b)) to each Class A Holder of record on the immediately 
preceding Record Date (other than as provided in Section 2.6 or 
Section 12.2 respecting a final distribution) such Holder's pro rata 
share (based on the share of the aggregate outstanding principal 
balance of all Class A Certificates represented by the Class A 
Certificates held by such Holder) of amounts on deposit in the 
Distribution Account as are payable to the Class A Holders pursuant to 
Section 4.11 by check mailed to each Class A Holder (at such Holder's 
address as it appears in the Certificate Register), except that with 
respect to Class A Certificates registered in the name of the nominee 
of a Clearing Agency, such distribution shall be made by wire transfer 
in immediately available funds.

     (b)  On each Distribution Date, Trustee shall distribute (in 
accordance with the certificate delivered on or before the related 
Transfer Date by Servicer to Trustee pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) to 
each Class B Holder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date 
(other than as provided in Section 2.6 or Section 12.2 respecting a 
final distribution) such Holder's pro rata share (based on the share 
of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Class B 
Certificates represented by the Class B Certificates held by such 
Holder) of amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account as are 
payable to the Class B Holders pursuant to Section 4.11 by check 
mailed to each Class B Holder (at such Holder's address as it appears 
in the Certificate Register), except that with respect to Class B 
Certificates registered in the name of the nominee of a Clearing 
Agency, such distribution shall be made by wire transfer in 
immediately available funds.

     SECTION 5.2  Reports. (a)  Monthly Series 1996-B Servicer's 
Certificate. On or before each Distribution Date, Trustee shall 
forward to each Investor Holder and each Rating Agency a statement 
substantially in the form of Exhibit C prepared by Servicer and 
delivered to Trustee. 

     (b)  Annual Holders' Tax Statement. On or before January 31 of 
each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 1997, Trustee shall 
distribute to each Person who at any time during the preceding 
calendar year was an Investor Holder, a statement prepared by Servicer 
containing the following information:

          (i)  the amount of the current distribution allocable to 
     Class A Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and 
     Collateral Monthly Principal, respectively; and

          (ii) the amount of the current distribution allocable to 
     Class A Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amounts, Class A 
     Additional Interest, Class B Monthly Interest, Class B Deficiency 
     Amounts, Class B Additional Interest and Collateral Monthly 
     Interest, and any accrued and unpaid Collateral Monthly Interest, 
     respectively.

Such information shall be aggregated for such calendar year or the 
applicable portion thereof during which such Person was an Investor 
Holder, together with such other customary information (consistent 
with the treatment of the Certificates as debt) as Trustee or Servicer 
deems necessary or desirable to enable the Investor Holders to prepare 
their tax returns. Such obligations of Trustee shall be deemed to have 
been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information 
shall be provided by Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the 
Internal Revenue Code.

     SECTION 9.  Series 1996-B Early Amortization Events. If any one 
of the following events shall occur with respect to the Investor 
Certificates:

     (a)  failure on the part of Transferor (i) to make any payment or 
deposit required by the terms of (A) the Agreement or (B) this Series 
Supplement, on or before the date occurring five days after the date 
such payment or deposit is required to be made herein or (ii) duly to 
observe or perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements 
of Transferor set forth in the Agreement or this Series Supplement 
(including the covenant of Transferor contained in Section 11 of this 
Series Supplement), which failure has a material adverse effect on the 
Series 1996-B Holders (which determination shall be made without 
reference to whether any funds are available under the Collateral 
Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) and which continues 
unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written 
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have 
been given to Transferor by Trustee, or to Transferor and Trustee by 
Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of 
this Series 1996-B, and continues to affect materially and adversely 
the interests of the Series 1996-B Holders (which determination shall 
be made without reference to whether any funds are available under the 
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) for such period;

     (b)  any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the 
Agreement or this Series Supplement, or any information contained in 
an Account Schedule required to be delivered by Transferor pursuant to 
Section 2.1 or 2.8, (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any 
material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be 
incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the 
date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be 
remedied, shall have been given to Transferor by Trustee, or to 
Transferor and Trustee by Investor Holders representing more than 50% 
of the Invested Amount of this Series 1996-B, and (ii) as a result of 
which the interests of the Series 1996-B Holders are materially and 
adversely affected (which determination shall be made without 
reference to whether any funds are available under the Collateral 
Interest or the Cash Collateral Account) and continue to be materially 
and adversely affected for such period; provided that a Series 1996-B 
Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall not be 
deemed to have occurred hereunder if Transferor has accepted 
reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if 
applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of 
the Agreement;

     (c)  the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive 
Monthly Periods is reduced to a rate which is less than the average 
Base Rate for such period;

     (d)  Transferor shall fail to convey Receivables arising under 
Additional Accounts, or Participations, to the Trust, as required by 
Section 2.8(b); provided that such failure shall not give rise to an 
Early Amortization Event if, prior to the date on which such 
conveyance was required to be completed, Transferor causes a reduction 
in the invested amount of any Variable Interest to occur, so that, 
after giving effect to that reduction (i) the Transferor Amount is not 
less than the Minimum Transferor Amount (including the Additional 
Minimum Transferor Amount, if any) and (ii) the sum of the aggregate 
amount of Principal Receivables plus amounts on deposit in the Excess 
Funding Account is not less than the Required Principal Balance;

     (e)  any Servicer Default shall occur which would have a material 
adverse effect on the Series 1996-B Holders (which determination shall 
be made without refrence to whether any funds are available under the 
Collateral Interest or the Cash Collateral Account); 

     (f)  the Class A Invested Amount shall not be paid in full on the 
Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B Invested Amount shall 
not be paid in full on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date; or

     (g) The Limited shall fail generally to, or admit in writing its 
inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or a proceeding shall 
have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises 
seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of The Limited in an 
involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or for the appointment 
of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, 
conservator or other similar official of The Limited or for any 
substantial part of its property, or for the winding-up or liquidation 
of its affairs, and any such proceeding shall continue undismissed or 
unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 consecutive days, or any of 
the actions sought in such proceeding shall occur; or the commencement 
by The Limited of a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or The 
Limited's consent to the entry of an order for relief in an 
involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or consent to the 
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, 
assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or other 
similar official of The Limited or for any substantial part of its 
property, or any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
The Limited shall have taken any corporate action in furtherance of 
any of the foregoing actions;

then, in the case of any event described in Section 9(a), (b) or (e) 
hereof, after the applicable grace period set forth in such Sections, 
either Trustee or Investor Holders representing more than 50% of the 
Invested Amount of this Series 1996-B by notice then given in writing 
to Transferor and Servicer (and to Trustee if given by the Holders) 
may declare that an early amortization event (a "Series 1996-B Early 
Amortization Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice, and 
in the case of any event described in Section 9(c), (d), (f) or (g) 
hereof, a Series 1996-B Early Amortization Event shall occur without 
any notice or other action on the part of Trustee or the Investor 
Holders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

     SECTION 10.  Series 1996-B Termination. The right of the Investor 
Holders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first 
Business Day following the Series 1996-B Termination Date.

     SECTION 11.  Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees. Transferor 
hereby agrees that, except as otherwise required by any Requirement of 
Law, or as is deemed by Transferor to be necessary in order for 
Transferor to maintain its credit card business, based upon a good 
faith assessment by Transferor, in its sole discretion, of the nature 
of the competition in the credit card business, it shall not at any 
time reduce the Periodic Finance Charges assessed on any Receivable or 
other fees on any Account if, as a result of such reduction, 
Transferor's reasonable expectation of the Portfolio Yield as of such 
date would be less than the then Base Rate.

     SECTION 12.  Limitations on Addition of Approved Portfolios. 
Transferor may designate additional Approved Portfolios if (a) the 
Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to that designation 
and (b) Transferor delivers to Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that all 
UCC financing statements or amendments required to perfect the 
interest of the Trust in Receivables arising in accounts included in 
each such Additional Portfolio have been made.

     SECTION 13.  Counterparts. This Series Supplement may be executed 
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be 
deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together 
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 14.  Governing Law. THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, 
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE 
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE 
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 15.  Additional Provisions. (a) Notwithstanding the 
provisions of Section 2.10(a), the Discount Percentage may exceed 3%, 
so long as the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8, no new 
accounts that would otherwise be Automatic Additional Accounts shall 
be treated as such on any Addition Date if both of the following 
statements are true:

          (i)  an Automatic Addition Limitation Event has occurred, 
     and the Rating Agency Condition has not been satisfied as to the 
     resumption of treating new accounts as Automatic Additional 
     Accounts; and 

          (ii)  the number of such Automatic Additional Accounts would 
     exceed an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (A) 20% of the 
     aggregate number of Accounts determined as of the first day of 
     the fiscal year of Transferor in which the Addition Date occurs 
     over (B) the aggregate amount of Automatic Additional Accounts 
     and Supplemental Accounts the Addition Date for which has 
     occurred since the first day of such fiscal year.

     An "Automatic Addition Limitation Event" will be deemed to occur 
on any Determination Date if: 

          (1) the average of the default ratio for that Determination 
     Date and the preceding two Determination Dates is greater than 
     1.5%, where the "default ratio" for any Determination Date equals 
     the percentage equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator of 
     which is the aggregate of the Default Amounts for all Accounts 
     that became Defaulted Accounts during the related Monthly Period 
     and (B) the denominator of which is the total Receivables as of 
     the end of the sixth preceding Monthly Period; or

          (2) the average of the payment rate for that Determination 
     Date and the preceding two Determination Dates is less than 10%, 
     where the "payment rate" for any Determination Date equals the 
     percentage equivalent of a fraction (A) the numerator of which is 
     the aggregate Collections received during the related Monthly 
     Period and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the total 
     Receivables held by the Trust at the close of business for the 
     Monthly Period immediately prior to such related Monthly Period. 

     (c) The Additional Minimum Transferor Amount is hereby specified 
as an additional amount to be considered part of the Minimum 
Transferor Amount pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Minimum 
Transferor Amount.

     (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.9(a), so long as 
any of the Investor Certificates remain outstanding, Transferor shall 
make deposits of the type referred to in that Section as if the 
antepenultimate and penultimate sentences of the first grammatical 
paragraph of that Section read as follows:

     "Any adjustment required pursuant to either of the two preceding 
     sentences shall be made on the first Business Day after the Date 
     of Processing for the event giving rise to such adjustment. If, 
     following the exclusion of such Principal Receivables from the 
     calculation of the Transferor Amount, the Transferor Amount would 
     be less than the Specified Transferor Amount, not later than the 
     close of business on such first Business Day, Transferor shall 
     make a deposit into the Excess Funding Account in immediately 
     available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the 
     Transferor Amount would be less than the Specified Transferor 
     Amount (up to the amount of such Principal Receivables).".

Amounts deposited in the Excess Funding Account pursuant to this 
Section 15(d) shall be deemed for all purposes of the Agreement to 
have been deposited pursuant to such penultimate sentence.

     (e) Notwithstanding the definition of "Identified Portfolio" 
appearing in Section 1.1, for purposes of Series 1996-B, the 
definition of "Identified Portfolio" shall be as follows:

          ""Identified Portfolio" means any Accounts owned from time 
     to time by WFN and included in the private label credit card 
     programs of Lane Bryant, Inc., Lerner New York, Inc., Express, 
     Inc., Structure, Inc., Victoria's Secret Stores, Inc., Victoria's 
     Secret Catalogue, Inc., The Limited Stores, Inc., Abercrombie & 
     Fitch, Inc., Henri Bendel, Inc. and Brylane, L.P. (but limited, 
     in the case of Brylane, L.P., to accounts related to the Lane 
     Bryant, Lerner New York and Roamans catalogues). To avoid doubt, 
     the foregoing programs include all cards issued under the 
     insignia of "Limited Fashion Group."".

     (f) Notwithstanding Section 3.6, Servicer shall, in lieu of 
delivering any annual report by a firm of nationally recognized 
independent accountants required to be delivered pursuant to such 
Section on or before the 90th day following 1996 and each subsequent 
calendar year, deliver any such annual report on or before the 90th 
day following the end of its 1996 fiscal year and each of its 
subsequent fiscal years.

     (g) Notwithstanding Section 4.4: (i) during the Controlled 
Accumulation Period and the Early Amortization Period Transferor may 
not apply Shared Principal Collections as principal with respect to 
any Variable Interest, unless such application of principal is made on 
any Transfer Date or related Distribution Date after the application 
of Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.15 and (ii) 
Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 1996-B pursuant to 
Section 4.4 shall be withdrawn on each Transfer Date, rather than each 
Distribution Date. Notwithstanding Section 4.5, Excess Finance Charge 
Collections allocable to Series 1996-B pursuant to Section 4.5 shall 
be withdrawn on each Transfer Date, rather than each Distribution 
Date.
 
     SECTION 16.  No Petition. Transferor, Servicer and Trustee, by 
entering into this Series Supplement and each Holder, by accepting a 
Series 1996-B Certificate hereby covenant and agree that they will not 
at any time institute against the Trust, or join in any institution 
against the Trust of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United 
States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with 
any obligations relating to the Investor Holders, the Agreement or 
this Series Supplement.

     SECTION 17.  Amendments. This Series Supplement may be amended 
pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Agreement. This Series Supplement may 
also be amended by Transferor without the consent of Servicer, Trustee 
or any Investor Holder if Transferor provides Trustee with: (i) an 
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment or modification 
would (A) reduce the risk that the Trust would be treated as taxable 
as a publicly traded partnership pursuant to Internal Revenue Code 
section 7704 or (B) permit the Trust or a relevant portion thereof to 
be treated as a "financial asset securitization investment trust" and 
(C) in either case, (1) would not cause the Trust to be classified, 
for Federal income tax purposes, as an association (or publicly traded 
partnership) taxable as a corporation and (2) would not cause or 
constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any 
Investor Holder; and (ii) a certificate that such amendment or 
modification would not materially and adversely affect any Investor 
Holder; provided that no such amendment shall be deemed effective 
without Trustee's consent, if Trustee's rights, duties and obligations 
hereunder are thereby modified.  Prior to the execution of any such 
amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 13.1(a) of the 
Agreement), Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of 
such amendment to each Rating Agency.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor, Servicer and Trustee have caused 
this Series 1996-B Supplement to be duly executed by their respective 
officers as of the day and year first above written.



                             WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK
                             NATIONAL BANK,
                               Transferor and Servicer


                             By:____________________________________
                                Name: 
                                Title: 




                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                               Trustee


                             By:____________________________________
                                Name: 
                                Title: 




                                                      EXHIBIT A-1


                        FORM OF CERTIFICATE
                        -------------------

                              CLASS A

     Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized 
representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation 
("DTC"), to World Financial Network National Bank or its agent for 
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate 
issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name 
as requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment 
is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an 
authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE 
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch 
as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.


No. ___                                              $_____________
                                             CUSIP No._____________


         WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST 
                           6.95% CLASS A
              ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-B


Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which 
consists of a portfolio of credit card receivables generated or 
acquired by World Financial Network National Bank and other assets and 
interests constituting the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement described below.

               (Not an interest in or obligation of
               World Financial Network National Bank
                    or any Affiliate thereof.)

     This certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Class A Holder") is the 
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the 
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a portfolio of all 
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card 
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the 
"Accounts"), (ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from 
time to time thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from 
accountholders in respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are 
from time to time on deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding 
Account and in the Series Accounts, (v) the benefits of any 
Enhancements, if any, with respect to one or more Series of Investor 
Certificates, (vi) the benefits of the Collateral Interest and (vii) 
the other assets and interests constituting the Trust pursuant to a 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 as 
supplemented by the Series 1996-B Supplement dated as of May 9, 1996 
(collectively, the "Agreement"), between World Financial Network 
National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer ("Servicer"), 
and The Bank of New York, as Trustee ("Trustee"). 

     The Series 1996-B Certificates are issued in two classes, the 
Class A Certificates (of which this certificate is one) and the Class 
B Certificates, which are subordinated to the Class A Certificates in 
certain rights of payment as described in the Agreement.

     Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1996-B 
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-B Certificates 
will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of 
Transferor, the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and 
each Series 1996-B Holder (or Series 1996-B Certificate Owner) by 
acceptance of its Series 1996-B Certificate (or in the case of a 
Series 1996-B Certificate Owner, by virtue of such Series 1996-B 
Certificate Owner's acquisition of a beneficial interest therein), 
agrees to treat and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment 
of the Series 1996-B Certificates (or any beneficial interest therein) 
as indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign 
income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by 
income, value of intangible property or net worth. Each Series 1996-B 
Holder agrees that it will cause any Series 1996-B Certificate Owner 
acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-B Certificate through it to 
comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the Series 1996-B 
Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.

     To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein 
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This 
Class A Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, 
provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as 
amended from time to time, the Class A Holder by virtue of the 
acceptance hereof assents and by which the Class A Holder is bound.

     This Class A Certificate represents an interest in only World 
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class A Certificate 
does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or 
Servicer, and the Series 1996-B Certificates, the Collateral Interest 
and the Accounts or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental 
agency. This Series 1996-B Certificate is limited in right of payment 
to certain collections respecting the Receivables, all as more 
specifically set forth hereinabove and in the Agreement.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed 
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this 
Class A Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the 
Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank 
has caused this Class A Certificate to be duly executed under its 
official seal.


                                  By:_________________________________
                                             Authorized Officer




                   CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

DATED:____________________

          This is one of the 6.95% Class A Asset-Backed Certificates, 
Series 1996-B referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.



                                  THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                  Trustee



                                  By:_______________________________
                                         Authorized Signatory




                                                      EXHIBIT A-2


                        FORM OF CERTIFICATE
                        -------------------

                              CLASS B

     Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized 
representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation 
("DTC"), to World Financial Network National Bank or its agent for 
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate 
issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name 
as requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment 
is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an 
authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE 
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch 
as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.



No. ___                                              $____________ 
                                             CUSIP No.____________


         WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                           7.20% CLASS B
              ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-B


Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which 
consists of a portfolio of credit card receivables generated or 
acquired by World Financial Network National Bank and other assets and 
interests constituting the Trust under the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement described below.

               (Not an interest in or obligation of
               World Financial Network National Bank
                    or any Affiliate thereof.)

     This certifies that Cede & Co. (the "Class B Holder") is the 
registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in a trust (the 
"Trust"), the corpus of which consists of (i) a portfolio of all 
receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the open-end credit card 
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the 
"Accounts"), (ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from 
time to time thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from 
accountholders in respect of the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are 
from time to time on deposit in the Collection Account, Excess Funding 
Account and in the Series Accounts, (v) the benefits of any 
Enhancements, if any, with respect to one or more Series of Investor 
Certificates, (vi) the benefits of the Collateral Interest and (vii) 
the other assets and interests constituting the Trust pursuant to a 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of January 17, 1996 as 
supplemented by the Series 1996-B Supplement dated as of May 9, 1996 
(collectively, the "Agreement"), between World Financial Network 
National Bank, as Transferor ("Transferor") and Servicer ("Servicer"), 
and The Bank of New York, as Trustee ("Trustee"). 

     The Series 1996-B Certificates are issued in two classes, the 
Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates (of which this 
certificate is one), which are subordinated to the Class A 
Certificates in certain rights of payment as described in the 
Agreement.

     Transferor has structured the Agreement and the Series 1996-B 
Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-B Certificates 
will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness, and each of 
Transferor, the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, Servicer and 
each Series 1996-B Holder (or Series 1996-B Certificate Owner) by 
acceptance of its Series 1996-B Certificate (or in the case of a 
Series 1996-B Certificate Owner, by virtue of such Series 1996-B 
Certificate Owner's acquisition of a beneficial interest therein), 
agrees to treat and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment 
of the Series 1996-B Certificates (or any beneficial interest therein) 
as indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign 
income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by 
income, value of intangible property or net worth. Each Series 1996-B 
Holder agrees that it will cause any Series 1996-B Certificate Owner 
acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-B Certificate through it to 
comply with the Agreement as to treatment of the Series 1996-B 
Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.

     To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein 
have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This 
Class B Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, 
provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as 
amended from time to time, the Class B Holder by virtue of the 
acceptance hereof assents and by which the Class B Holder is bound.

     This Class B Certificate represents an interest in only World 
Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust. This Class B Certificate 
does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, Transferor or 
Servicer, and the Series 1996-B Certificates, the Collateral Interest 
and the Accounts or Receivables are not insured or guaranteed by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental 
agency. This Series 1996-B Certificate is limited in right of payment 
to certain collections respecting the Receivables, all as more 
specifically set forth hereinabove and in the Agreement.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed 
by or on behalf of Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this 
Class B Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the 
Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, World Financial Network National Bank 
has caused this Class B Certificate to be duly executed under its 
official seal.


                                  By:__________________________________
                                        Authorized Officer





                   CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


DATED:______________________


     This is one of the 7.20% Class B Asset-Backed Certificates, 
Series 1996-B referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.



                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                              Trustee



                              By:___________________________________
                                      Authorized Signatory




                                                        EXHIBIT B


             FORM OF MONTHLY PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS AND
                     NOTIFICATION TO TRUSTEE 
               WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK
         WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                           SERIES 1996-B
            MONTHLY PERIOD ENDING ______________, ____





                                                        EXHIBIT C


                  FORM OF MONTHLY Series 1996-B 
                  -----------------------------
                        HOLDERS' STATEMENT
                        ------------------

                           SERIES 1996-B

               WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK NATIONAL BANK

             ________________________________________


         WORLD FINANCIAL NETWORK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST 

             ________________________________________







                                    


                               May 9, 1996



To the Persons Listed on
  Schedule A 


Gentlemen and Ladies:

      This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to (a) subsection 6(d)(2) 
of the Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A dated April 25, 1996 
(the "Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A") between CS First 
Boston Corporation, as Representative of the several underwriters named 
therein and World Financial Network National Bank, a national banking 
association ("Transferor"); (b) subsection 6(d)(2) of the Class B 
Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A dated April 25, 1996 (the "Class B 
Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A") between CS First Boston Corporation 
and Transferor; (c) subsection 6(d)(2) of the Class A Underwriting 
Agreement, Series 1996-B dated April 25, 1996 (the "Class A Underwriting 
Agreement, Series 1996-B") between CS First Boston Corporation, as 
Representative of the several underwriters named therein and Transferor; 
and (d) and subsection 6(d)(2) of the Class B Underwriting Agreement, 
Series 1996-B dated April 25, 1996 (the "Class B Underwriting Agreement, 
Series 1996-B"; together with the Class A Underwriting Agreement, Series 
1996-A, the Class B Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-A, and the Class A 
Underwriting Agreement, Series 1996-B, the "Underwriting Agreements") 
between CS First Boston Corporation and Transferor.  Capitalized terms used 
but not defined herein have the same meaning ascribed thereto in each of 
the Underwriting Agreements.  As used herein, "Certificates" means the 
Certificates issued pursuant to (and as defined in) each of the 
Supplements, and the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" means the P&S as 
supplemented by each of the Supplements.

      We have examined copies of the Underwriting Agreements, the P&S, the 
Supplements for Series 1996-A and Series 1996-B (the "Supplements"), the 
Loan Agreements for Series 1996-A and Series 1996-B (the "Loan 
Agreements"), the forms of Certificates attached to the Supplements, a 
signed copy of the legal opinion of Carolyn Melvin, General Counsel to 
Transferor and a signed copy of the legal opinion of Schwartz, Warren & 
Ramirez, Ohio counsel to Transferor. In addition, we have examined such 
other documents, corporate records and certificates of officers of 
Transferor as to matters of fact and of public officials as to matters 
within their jurisdiction and such other instruments and sources as we have 
deemed necessary and advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.  

       In conducting our examination, we have assumed, without 
investigation, the authenticity of any documents submitted to us as an 
original, the conformity with the original of any document submitted to us 
as a copy, the authenticity of the original of any such copy and the 
genuineness of all signatures.  We have relied, as to factual matters, on 
the documents we have examined and upon certificates of Transferor, its 
officers, public officials or other persons.  We have also assumed the due 
authorization, execution, and delivery of all documents by parties thereto 
and, except as set forth in paragraph (i) below, the enforceability of any 
agreements included in such documents against parties thereto. 

      Our opinions herein are limited to the Federal law of the United 
States of America.

      Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

           (i)  The statements in the Prospectus under the headings 
      "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables-Transfer of Receivables", 
      "U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "ERISA Considerations" 
      insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the legal matters, 
      documents or proceedings referred to therein have been prepared or 
      reviewed by us and are correct in all material respects.  
      Furthermore, insofar as the statements contained in the Registration 
      Statement and the Prospectus purport to summarize certain provisions 
      of the Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the 
      Loan Agreements, such statements present summaries of such provisions 
      that are accurate in all material respects.

           (ii) Based upon the applicable provisions of the Internal 
      Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated 
      and proposed thereunder, current positions of the Internal Revenue 
      Service (the "IRS") contained in published Revenue Rulings and 
      Revenue Procedures, current administrative positions of the IRS and 
      existing judicial decisions, and assuming that the Certificates are 
      executed, delivered and authenticated in substantially the forms we 
      have examined, we are of the opinion that: (a) the Certificates will 
      be characterized as indebtedness that is secured by the Receivables; 
      (b) the Trust will not be characterized for Federal income tax 
      purposes as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable 
      as a corporation; (c) the issuance of the Certificates will not 
      adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of the Series 
      1996-VFC Certificates issued by the Trust; and (d) the issuance of 
      the Certificates will not cause or constitute an event in which gain 
      or loss would be recognized by the holders of the Series 1996-VFC 
      Certificates.

      The opinion set forth in this letter is based upon the applicable 
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury 
regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder, current positions of the 
IRS contained in published Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures, current 
administrative positions of the IRS and existing judicial decisions.  This 
opinion is subject to the explanations and qualifications set forth under 
the caption "U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus which 
constitutes a part of the Registration Statement.  No tax rulings have been 
or will be sought from the IRS with respect to any of the matters discussed 
herein.

      This opinion is for your use and may not be relied upon by any other 
person without our prior written consent.

                                       Very truly yours,



RFH




                                Schedule A
                                ----------

CS First Boston Corporation, as Representative      The Collateral Investors
   of the Several Underwriters                        under the Loan Agreement
55 East 52nd Street                                   relating to Series 1996-B
Park Avenue Plaza                                     c/o Credit Suisse,
New York, New York  10055                             New York Branch
                                                    Tower 49
World Financial Network National Bank               12 East 49th Street
4590 East Broad Street                              New York, New York  10017
Columbus, Ohio  43213

World Financial Network Credit Card Master Trust
c/o The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 12 East
New York, New York  10286

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 12 East
New York, New York  10286

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,
   a division of The McGraw-Hill
   Companies
25 Broadway
New York, New York  10004

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
99 Church Street
New York, New York  10004

Fitch Investors Service, L.P.
One State Street Plaza
New York, New York  10004

The Industrial Bank of Japan, Limited,
  Chicago Branch
227 West Monroe Street, Suite 2600
Chicago, Illinois 60606

Credit Suisse, New York Branch, as Agent
Tower 49
12 East 49th Street
New York, New York  10017


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission